richmahn_en_tn/en_tn_46-ROM.tsv

1	Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNote
2	ROM	front	intro	gtn1			0		# Introduction to Romans<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the book of Romans<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–15)<br>2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by trusting in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)<br>3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)<br>4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)<br>5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)<br>6. God’s plan for Israel (9:1–11:36)<br>7. Instructions for living as Christians (12:1–15:13)<br>8. Conclusion (15:14–16:27)<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Romans?<br><br>The Apostle Paul wrote the book of Romans and may other books in the New Testament. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was part of a strict Jewish religious group called the Pharisees. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul probably wrote this letter while he was staying in the city of Corinth during his third trip through the Roman Empire.<br><br>### What is the book of Romans about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the Christians in Rome. Paul wanted to get them ready to receive him when he visited them. He said his purpose was to “bring about the obedience of faith” ([16:26](../16/26.md)).<br><br>In this letter Paul most fully described the gospel of Jesus Christ. He explained that both Jews and non-Jews have sinned, and God will forgive them and declare them righteous only if they believe in Jesus (chapters 1–11). Then he gave them practical advice for how believers should live (chapters 12–16),<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Romans.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Rome,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Rome.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What are the titles used to refer to Jesus?<br><br>In Romans, Paul described Jesus Christ by many titles and descriptions: Jesus Christ (1:1), the Seed of David (1:3), the Son of God (1:4), the Lord Jesus Christ (1:7), Christ Jesus (3:24), Propitiation (3:25), Jesus (3:26), Jesus our Lord (4:24), Lord of Hosts (9:29), a Stumbling Stone and Rock of Offence (9:33), the End of the Law (10:4), the Deliverer (11:26), Lord of the Dead and the Living (14:9), and the Root of Jesse (15:12).<br><br>### How should theological terms in Romans be translated?<br><br>Paul uses many theological terms that are not used in the four Gospels. As early Christians learned more about the meaning of Jesus Christ and his message, they needed words and expressions for new ideas. Some examples of these words are “justification” (5:1), “works of the law” (3:20), “reconcile” (5:10), “propitiation” (3:25), “sanctification” (6:19), and “the old man” (6:6). If your language doesn’t have similar words, you can develop short phrases to communicate these ideas. For example, the term “gospel” can be translated as “the good news about Jesus Christ.”<br><br>Translators should also remember that some of these terms have more than one meaning. The meaning will depend on how the author is using the word in that particular passage. For example, “righteousness” sometimes means that a person obeys God’s law. At other times, “righteousness” means that Jesus Christ has perfectly obeyed God’s law for us.<br><br>### What did Paul mean by “a remnant” of Israel ([11:5](../11/05.md))?<br><br>The idea of a “remnant” is important both in the Old Testament and for Paul. Most of the Israelites were either killed or scattered among other people when the Assyrians and then the Babylonians conquered their land. Only a relatively few Jews survived. They were known as “the remnant.”<br><br>In [11:1–9](../11/01.md), Paul speaks of another remnant. This remnant is the Jews whom God saved because they believed in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by being “in Christ”?<br><br>The phrase “in Christ” and similar phrases occur in 3:24; 6:11, 23; 8:1,2,39; 9:1; 12:5,17; 15:17; and 16:3,7,9,10. Paul used these kinds of phrases as a metaphor to express that Christian believers belong to Jesus Christ. Belonging to Christ means the believer is saved and is made a friend with God. The believer is also promised to live with God forever. However, this idea can be difficult to represent in many languages.<br><br>These phrases also have specific meanings that depend on how Paul used them in a particular passage. For example, in [3:24](../03/24.md) (“the redemption that is in Christ Jesus”), Paul referred to our being redeemed “because” of Jesus Christ. In [8:9](../08/09.md) (“you are not in the flesh but in the Spirit”), Paul spoke of believers submitting “to” the Holy Spirit. In [9:1](../09/01.md) (“I tell the truth in Christ”), Paul meant that he is telling the truth that “is in agreement with” Jesus Christ.<br><br>Nevertheless, the basic idea of our being united with Jesus Christ (and with the Holy Spirit) is seen in these passages as well. Therefore, the translator has a choice in many passages that use “in.” He will often decide to represent the more immediate sense of “in,” such as, “by means of,” “in the manner of,” or “in regard to.” But, if possible, the translator should choose a word or phrase that represents the immediate sense and the sense of “in union with.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inchrist]])<br><br>### How are the ideas of “holy,” “saints” or “holy ones,” and “sanctify” represented in Romans in the ULT?<br><br>The scriptures use such words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating into English, the ULT uses the following principles:<br><br>* Sometimes the meaning in a passage implies moral holiness. Especially important for understanding the gospel is the fact that God considers Christians to be sinless because they are united to Jesus Christ. Another related fact is that God is perfect and faultless. A third fact is that Christians are to conduct themselves in a blameless and faultless manner in life. In these cases, the ULT uses “holy,” “holy God,” “holy ones” or “holy people.” (See: [1:7](../01/07.md))<br>* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In cases where some other English versions have “saints” or “holy ones,” the ULT uses “believers.” (See: 8:27; 12:13; 15:25, 26, 31; 16:2, 15)<br>* Sometimes the meaning in a passage indicates the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “set apart,” “dedicated to,” “consecrated,” or “reserved for.” (See: [15:16](../15/16.md))<br><br>The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “you” is almost always plural and refers to Paul’s audience. There are only four instances of singular “you,” three of which are quotations from the Old Testament ([9:7](../09/07.md), [17](../09/17.md); [13:4](../13/04.md), [15:9](../15/09.md)). Those exceptions will be addressed in the notes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Romans?<br><br>For the following verses, modern version of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT includes the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote.<br><br>* “he \\[God\\] works all things together for good” ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Some older versions read, “All things work together for good.”<br>* “But if it is by grace, it is no longer by works. Otherwise grace would no longer be grace” ([11:6](../11/06.md)). Some older versions read: “But if it is by works, then is it no more grace: otherwise work is no more work.”<br><br>The following verse is not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Translators are advised not to include this verse. However, if in the translators’ region there are older Bible versions that have this verse, the translators can include it. If it is translated, it should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the book of Romans.<br><br>* “May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen” ([16:24](../16/24.md)).<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3	ROM	1	intro	hn5n			0		# Romans 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1–15)<br> * Greeting (1:1–7)<br> * Paul plans to visit Rome (1:8–15)<br>2. Main Theme: Righteousness is received by having faith in Jesus Christ (1:16–17)<br>3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)<br> * All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The gospel<br><br>This chapter refers to the contents of the Book of Romans as “the gospel” ([1:2](../rom/01/02.md)). Romans is not a Gospel like Matthew, Mark, Luke, or John, which are historical accounts of the life of Jesus. Instead, chapters 1–8 present the biblical gospel, which is the good news of salvation. The gospel contains the following true ideas: Everyone has sinned. Jesus died for our sins. Jesus came back to life again so that we might live for his glory and receive eternal life when we die.<br><br>### Universal Condemnation and the Wrath of God<br><br>In this chapter Paul explains that no one has an excuse for sinning. We all know about the true God, Yahweh, from his creation all around us. Because of our sin and our sinful nature, every person justly deserves the eternal punishment of God. The requirement for this punishment was satisfied by Jesus dying on a cross for those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “God gave them over”<br><br>Many scholars view the phrases “God gave them over” and “God gave them up” as theologically significant. For this reason, it is important to translate these phrases with God playing a passive role in the action. God allows men to pursue their own sinful desires, he does not force them to act sinfully. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
4	ROM	1	1	x3em	figs-123person	Παῦλος	1	Paul	In the culture of this time, letter writers would give their own names first. Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “From Paul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
5	ROM	1	1	plvo	translate-names	Παῦλος	1	Paul	**Paul** is the name of a man, an apostle of Jesus. See the information about him in Part 1 of the Introduction to Romans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6	ROM	1	1	e417	figs-distinguish	δοῦλος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, κλητὸς ἀπόστολος	1	Paul	These two phrases give further information about Paul. He describes himself as being someone given the position and authority of being Christ’s **servant** and **apostle**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
7	ROM	1	1	v5b9	figs-activepassive	κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφωρισμένος	1	called to be an apostle and set apart for the gospel of God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus called to be an apostle and set apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
8	ROM	1	1	ukts	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ	1		Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Jesus**set** him **apart**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order to preach the gospel of God” or “so that I could announce the good news from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
9	ROM	1	1	ji90	figs-possession	εὐαγγέλιον Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the gospel** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the gospel from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
10	ROM	1	2	cu3r	figs-distinguish	ὃ	1		Here, **which** marks that further information is going to be given about “the gospel of God” in the previous verse. Paul is emphasizing that “the gospel of God” has its origin in **the holy Scriptures** that also come from God. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
11	ROM	1	3	lab1	figs-distinguish	περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	concerning his Son	This phrase gives us further information about “the gospel of God.” Paul means that the message of God’s promised good news is about God’s Son, “Christ Jesus” (See [verse 1](../01/01.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the gospel about his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
12	ROM	1	3	lk5q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	Son	**Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
13	ROM	1	3	y2uy	figs-idiom	τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ	1		Here, **from a seed of David** is an idiom meaning “David’s descendant.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who was born a descendant of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
14	ROM	1	3	rj9f	figs-idiom	κατὰ σάρκα	1	who was a descendant of David according to the flesh	Here, **according to the flesh** is an idiom meaning “with reference to physical descent.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “according to natural descent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
15	ROM	1	4	nhz7	figs-infostructure	τοῦ ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει κατὰ Πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν	1		In this verse, Paul places these phrases in the order he wants to emphasize. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
16	ROM	1	4	at5s	figs-activepassive	τοῦ ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ	1	he was declared with power to be the Son of God	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that **God** did it. Alternate translation: “whom God designated as the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
17	ROM	1	4	cp80	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ	1		**Son of God** is an important title that describes the relationship between **God** and **Jesus**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
18	ROM	1	4	h32u	figs-explicit	ὁρισθέντος Υἱοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει	1		Here, **in power** could refer to: (1) the means by which God designated Jesus as the Son of God. Alternate translation: “who was designated the Son of God by means of power” (2) a new level of power God gave to the Son of God. Alternate translation: “who was designated as the powerful Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
19	ROM	1	4	m89w	figs-possession	Πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης	1	Spirit of holiness	Paul is using the possessive form to describe God’s **Spirit** that is characterized by **holiness**. This refers to the Holy Spirit. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an alternate expression, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
20	ROM	1	4	js9m	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “by being resurrected from the dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
21	ROM	1	4	h97z	figs-idiom	νεκρῶν	1	by the resurrection from the dead	Here, the phrase translated **of dead ones** refers to dead people. Here it means that Jesus physically died and was buried. If your language has a word or phrase for the place that dead people go, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “from the place where dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
22	ROM	1	4	zvql	figs-possession	νεκρῶν	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the place from where **Jesus** was resurrected. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the preposition “from” instead of “of.” Alternate translation: “from death” or “from among the dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
23	ROM	1	4	brej	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1		Here, **our** refers to all Christians, so it is inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
24	ROM	1	5	ww9a	figs-explicit	δι’ οὗ	1	we have received grace and apostleship	Here, **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25	ROM	1	5	jr9e	figs-abstractnouns	δι’ οὗ ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **apostleship**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he who acted kindly toward us and made us his apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
26	ROM	1	5	mosg	figs-exclusive	ἐλάβομεν	1		Here, **we** is exclusive and your language may require you to mark this form. It could refer to: (1) Paul and other apostles, as in the UST. (2) Paul speaking about himself in a plural form. Alternate translation: “I received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
27	ROM	1	5	mv5n	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς	1		Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which Jesus made Paul and other people his apostles. Use a natural way in your language introduce a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
28	ROM	1	5	krzj	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **obedience** and **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for people to faithfully obey Jesus among all the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
29	ROM	1	5	cf3g	figs-possession	εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως	1		Here, **obedience of faith** could refer to: (1) obedience that is characterized by trust in God. Alternate translation: “for obedience by trusting in God” or “obedience that comes from trusting in God” (2) obedience that results from trusting in God. Alternate translation: “faith that results in obedience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
30	ROM	1	5	eem9	figs-explicit	ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		Here, **the Gentiles** could refer to: (1) the nations. Use this interpretation if you interpreted **we** to refer to all the apostles and retained it in your translation. Alternate translation: “among all people groups” (2) non-Jewish people groups. Use this interpretation if you interpreted **we** to refer only to Paul and translated it as “I”. Alternate translation: “among all non-Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
31	ROM	1	5	rd3v	figs-infostructure	ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “we received grace and apostleship for the sake of his name, for obedience of the faith among all the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
32	ROM	1	5	sxc7	figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ	1	for obedience of faith among all the nations, for the sake of his name	Here Paul uses **name** figuratively. It could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “for the sake of Jesus” (2) Jesus’ reputation. Alternate translation: “for the sake of Jesus’ fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
33	ROM	1	6	xurz	figs-explicit	ἐν οἷς	1		Here,**whom** refers to “the Gentiles” who were mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated “the Gentiles” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “among the nations” or “among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
34	ROM	1	6	sks2	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1		In this letter, with four exceptions, the words **you** and your are plural and refer to the recipients of this letter, who are members of the church at Rome (See [1:7](../01/07.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you believers in Christ at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
35	ROM	1	6	qq9z	figs-possession	κλητοὶ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **called ones** who were called by **Jesus Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “ones called by Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
36	ROM	1	7	z85a	figs-123person	πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Ῥώμῃ	1	This letter is to all who are in Rome, the beloved of God, who are called to be holy people	In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then say to whom they were writing, and they would name those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “To all of you who are in Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
37	ROM	1	7	ymaj	translate-names	Ῥώμῃ	1	This letter is to all who are in Rome, the beloved of God, who are called to be holy people	**Rome** is the name of a city, the capital city of the Roman Empire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
38	ROM	1	7	zfwq	figs-nominaladj	ἀγαπητοῖς Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the adjective **beloved** as a noun in order to describe the church at Rome. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this words with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are loved of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
39	ROM	1	7	rkdh	figs-possession	ἀγαπητοῖς Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **beloved** who are loved by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “loved by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
40	ROM	1	7	v8bl	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	May grace be to you, and peace	In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
41	ROM	1	7	ys4e	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	May grace be to you, and peace	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **grace** and **peace**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ show his gracious acts to you and make you feel peaceful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
42	ROM	1	7	d8pa	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεοῦ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	God our Father	**Father** here is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus and the relationship between God and believers. Alternate translation: “our Father God and the Lord Jesus, the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
43	ROM	1	7	j61d	figs-exclusive	Πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1		When Paul writes **our** here, he is speaking of himself and his readers, so **our** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “who is the Father of us Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
44	ROM	1	8	yrau	grammar-connect-logic-result	πρῶτον μὲν εὐχαριστῶ τῷ Θεῷ μου διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ.	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because your faith is being proclaimed throughout the whole world, I first want to thank my God through Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
45	ROM	1	8	totr	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πρῶτον μὲν	1		**First** here indicates that Paul has finished his introduction to the letter, and what follows is the beginning of the content of the letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The first thing I want to say is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
46	ROM	1	8	tdsj	figs-possession	τῷ Θεῷ μου	1		Paul is using the possessive form **my God** to express that he belongs to **God**. Paul does not mean that he owns God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the God I belong to” or “the God that owns me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
47	ROM	1	8	bphf	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way you trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
48	ROM	1	8	efqs	figs-activepassive	ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The context indicates that other believers are proclaiming how great the faith of the Roman believers is. Alternate translation: “other people are proclaiming your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
49	ROM	1	8	k7qf	figs-hyperbole	ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **the whole world** is an exaggeration that refers to all the parts of the world that were familiar to Paul and his readers, particularly the Roman Empire. Paul is not referring to every place on the planet. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “across the known world” or “wherever the Roman Empire is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
50	ROM	1	9	c7pa	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1	For God is my witness	**For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul could say in the previous verse that he thanks God for the Roman believers. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You can be sure this is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
51	ROM	1	9	twht	figs-infostructure	μάρτυς…μού ἐστιν ὁ Θεός, ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, ὡς ἀδιαλείπτως μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι	1	For God is my witness	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses and make a new sentence if necessary. Alternate translation: “God is my witness how I continually make mention of you. I serve him in my spirit in the gospel of his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
52	ROM	1	9	dx6p	figs-distinguish	μάρτυς…μού…ᾧ λατρεύω ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	in my spirit	This phrase gives us further information about **God**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “my witness and I serve him in my spirit in the gospel of his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
53	ROM	1	9	ll1e	figs-abstractnouns	μάρτυς…μού	1	in my spirit	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **witness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the one who testifies about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
54	ROM	1	9	ydnc	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ πνεύματί μου	1		Here, **spirit** refers to the inner person, which is what a person thinks and feels. Paul means that he serves God with complete devotion. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “with my whole heart” or “wholeheartedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
55	ROM	1	9	ih0v	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ	1		Here, **in** indicates the means by which Paul served God and **gospel** refers specifically to proclaiming the **gospel**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by proclaiming the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
56	ROM	1	9	o66d	figs-possession	ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **gospel** that is about God’s **Son**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the gospel about his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
57	ROM	1	9	r2l5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ	1	Son	**Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
58	ROM	1	9	f9p2	figs-hyperbole	ἀδιαλείπτως	1	I make mention of you	Here, **continually** is an exaggeration that emphasizes how frequently Paul prayed for the church at Rome. Paul does not mean that he spends all of his time praying for them. If your language would not use exaggeration in this way, use plain language and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I regularly” or “I habitually” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole)
59	ROM	1	9	vtuq	figs-idiom	μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι	1		Here, **making mention** is an idiom for prayer. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am … praying for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
60	ROM	1	10	mdc8	figs-doublet	πάντοτε ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν μου, δεόμενος	1	I always request in my prayers that … I may at last be successful … in coming to you	This phrase means the same thing as “I continually make mention of you” in the previous verse. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how intensely he prays that God will allow him to visit the church at Rome. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase for the similar passage in the previous verse and in this verse provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “in all my prayers, I beg God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
61	ROM	1	10	oi0x	figs-hyperbole	πάντοτε	1		Here, the word **always** is an exaggeration that figuratively express the frequency of Paul’s prayers to God for the church at Rome. Paul does not mean that he spends all of his time praying for them. If your language would not use exaggeration in this way, use plain language and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “frequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
62	ROM	1	10	b5wy	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	by the will of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **will**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because God wills for me” or “because God wants me”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
63	ROM	1	11	ki6h	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For I desire to see you	**For** here indicates that this is a reason clause. Paul is indicating why he constantly prays to visit the church at Rome in [verses 9–10](../01/09.md). Use a natural way in your language to express the reason for something. Alternate translation: “I am always requesting this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
64	ROM	1	11	gjdu	figs-metonymy	ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς	1		Paul uses **see** figuratively to describe not only seeing the Christians in Rome, but also visiting them and spending time with them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
65	ROM	1	11	b23b	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		Here, **so that** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he wants to visit the believers at Rome. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
66	ROM	1	12	pnnm	figs-distinguish	τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν	1		Here, **and that is** gives us further information about why Paul wants to share “some spiritual gift” with the church at Rome. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “namely” or “specifically” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
67	ROM	1	12	ux1x	figs-activepassive	συνπαρακληθῆναι ἐν ὑμῖν	1	That is, I long to be mutually encouraged among you, through each other’s faith, yours and mine	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to mutually encourage each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
68	ROM	1	12	ddtm	figs-possession	διὰ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις πίστεως, ὑμῶν τε καὶ ἐμοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to to refer to the trust in Jesus that both he and his readers shared. Paul means that they should mutually encourage each other because they have a mutual faith in Christ. If this is not clear in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “by both you and I sharing with one another how we trust in God” or “through talking about our common Christian faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
69	ROM	1	12	e6py	figs-abstractnouns	πίστεως	1		See how you translated this word in [verse 5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
70	ROM	1	13	yi1f	figs-litotes	οὐ θέλω δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν	1	I do not want you to be uninformed	Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I definitely want you to be informed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
71	ROM	1	13	rwzn	figs-activepassive	ἀγνοεῖν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
72	ROM	1	13	u1cq	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Although the term **brother** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
73	ROM	1	13	zvrj	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐκωλύθην ἄχρι τοῦ δεῦρο	1		Paul assumes that his readers will know that **until now** means “even at the present time.” He does not mean that he was no longer **hindered** at the moment he wrote these words. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I have been hindered and still am now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
74	ROM	1	13	b92o	figs-activepassive	ἐκωλύθην	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God hindered me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
75	ROM	1	13	gnu7	figs-metaphor	ἵνα τινὰ καρπὸν σχῶ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	in order to have a harvest among you	Here, **fruit** could refer to: (1) people believing in the gospel as a result of Paul’s preaching, which would connect this verse to the idea in [verse 15](../01/15.md). Alternative translation: “so that I might lead people to salvation among you also” (2) strengthening the believers in Rome, in which case this would have the same meaning as “some spiritual gracious gift” in [verse 11](../01/11.md). Alternative translation: “so that I might strengthen you also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
76	ROM	1	14	s4bm	figs-metaphor	ὀφειλέτης εἰμί	1	I am a debtor both	Paul speaks figuratively of himself as if he was a **debtor** who owed money to people who were not Jews, such as **Greeks** and **barbarians**. Paul means that he was obligated to preach the gospel to non-Jews because God had commanded him to do so. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation, “I am obliged to preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
77	ROM	1	14	j2sz	figs-merism	Ἕλλησίν τε καὶ βαρβάροις	1		Here Paul uses **Greeks** and **barbarians** figuratively to represent all the Gentiles referred to in the previous verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to all types of Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
78	ROM	1	14	lio6	figs-merism	σοφοῖς τε καὶ ἀνοήτοις	1		Paul speaks figuratively here, using **wise ones** and **foolish ones** to represent all types of people among the Gentiles referred to in the previous verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to all types of people among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
79	ROM	1	14	q728	figs-doublet	Ἕλλησίν τε καὶ βαρβάροις, σοφοῖς τε καὶ ἀνοήτοις	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that he is obligated to preach the gospel to every kind of Gentile. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “to each and every kind of Gentile” or “to every single non-Jewish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
80	ROM	1	15	h9zv	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὕτως	1		**So** here indicates that this a reason clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
81	ROM	1	16	oa6m	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates the reason why Paul is eager to proclaim the gospel in Rome. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am eager to do this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
82	ROM	1	16	mm2f	figs-litotes	οὐ…ἐπαισχύνομαι	1	I am not ashamed of the gospel	Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I am greatly honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
83	ROM	1	16	nvkv	figs-metonymy	οὐ…ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	I am not ashamed of the gospel	Here, **gospel** refers specifically to the preaching of the **gospel** that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am not ashamed to preach the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
84	ROM	1	16	f5x9	figs-possession	δύναμις γὰρ Θεοῦ ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	for the Jew first and for the Greek	Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **gospel** as the powerful way that **God** saves people. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for it is the powerful way that God saves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
85	ROM	1	16	sz5b	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς σωτηρίαν	1	first	Here, **for** indicates that **salvation** is the result of the gospel. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “that results in the salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
86	ROM	1	16	merb	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς σωτηρίαν παντὶ	1	first	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for saving everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
87	ROM	1	16	htqe	figs-ellipsis	παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι	1	first	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to everyone who believes that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
88	ROM	1	16	dwtm	figs-genericnoun	Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι	1	first	Paul is speaking of Jewish people and Greek people in general, not of one particular Jew or Greek. If this might confuse your readers, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “both to the Jewish people first and to the Greek people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
89	ROM	1	16	u8on	figs-explicit	Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον	1		The phrase **the Jew first** means that the Jewish people were the first people to hear the gospel. Paul does not mean that **the Jew** is better or has a high status than **the Greek**. If this would confuse your readers, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “both to the Jews who first heard the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
90	ROM	1	16	al16	figs-explicit	Ἕλληνι	1		Here, **the Greek** refers to non-Jewish people in general. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the non-Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
91	ROM	1	17	of98	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows is the reason why the gospel is the power of God that leads to salvation, as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The gospel can save everyone who believes because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
92	ROM	1	17	wfsc	figs-activepassive	δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it reveals the righteousness of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
93	ROM	1	17	h38h	figs-metaphor	δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται	1	God’s righteousness is revealed from faith to faith	Paul speaks figuratively about **the righteousness of God** as if it was an object that could be **revealed**. He means that people learn about the righteousness of God when someone proclaims the gospel to them. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “when people preach the gospel, those who hear it learn about the righteousness of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
94	ROM	1	17	qr31	figs-possession	δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ	1		Here Paul is using the possessive form **of God** that could refer to: (1) righteousness that comes from God. Alternate translation: “the righteousness from God” (2) righteousness that characterizes God. Alternate translation: “God’s righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
95	ROM	1	17	gsl5	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **righteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “how God causes people to become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
96	ROM	1	17	ii3m	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐτῷ	1	For in it	The pronoun **it** here refers to “the gospel” that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
97	ROM	1	17	jl9i	figs-idiom	ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν	1		Here, **from faith to faith** describes how **the righteousness of God is revealed**. It is an idiom that could mean: (1) completely by faith alone. Alternate translation: “by faith from beginning to end” or “through faith from first to last” (2) by the faith that all believers share, like how the phrase “from sea to sea” means “from one sea to another sea.” Alternate translation: “from one person’s faith to another person’s faith” (3) by faith that leads to increasing faith. Alternate translation: “through faith for faith” or “from one degree of faith to another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
98	ROM	1	17	igg9	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it has been written	Here Paul uses **just as it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Habakkuk 2:4](../../hab/02/04.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
99	ROM	1	17	bgvh	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by the prophet Habakkuk. Alternate translation: “just as the prophet Habakkuk wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
100	ROM	1	17	oih2	figs-quotemarks	ὁ δὲ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται	1		In this sentence Paul quotes [Habakkuk 2:4](../../hab/02/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
101	ROM	1	17	a9y7	figs-explicit	ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται	1		Here, **live** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternative translation: “will live eternally by faith” (2) the quality of one’s physical life. Alternative translation: “will truly live by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
102	ROM	1	17	e7eu	figs-abstractnouns	πίστεως	2		See how you translated this word in [verse 5](../01/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
103	ROM	1	18	c69s	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For	**For** indicates that what follows is the reason why “the righteous one must live by faith,” as mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The righteous one must live this way because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
104	ROM	1	18	r15v	figs-activepassive	ἀποκαλύπτεται…ὀργὴ Θεοῦ	1	For the wrath of God is revealed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is revealing his wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
105	ROM	1	18	wzy3	figs-metonymy	ὀργὴ Θεοῦ	1	the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of people	Here Paul uses **wrath** figuratively to refer to the outcome of God’s **wrath**, which is judging and punishing people because they are unrighteous. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God’s wrathful punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
106	ROM	1	18	kjen	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **ungodliness** and **unrighteousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “against all the ungodly and unrighteous acts of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
107	ROM	1	18	fz23	figs-metonymy	ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων	1		Here, **ungodliness and unrighteousness of men** figuratively refer to the people who do ungodly and unrighteous things. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “against people who do any ungodly or unrighteous deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
108	ROM	1	18	td8t	figs-abstractnouns	τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **unrighteousness** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “who, because they do not want to act righteously, keep holding back what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
109	ROM	1	18	rztp	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
110	ROM	1	18	g3qm	figs-distinguish	τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων	1		This phrase gives us further information about the nature of people, who are called ** men** in the previous phrase. It is not making a distinction between different kinds of **men**. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “these same people who in unrighteousness are holding back the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
111	ROM	1	18	k4ql	figs-personification	τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων	1		Here Paul speaks of **truth** figuratively as though it were a person who could be restrained or held back. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “who in unrighteousness prevent the truth from being known” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
112	ROM	1	19	jd85	figs-activepassive	τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that it is any person. Alternate translation: “what people can know about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
113	ROM	1	19	r6ef	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς…αὐτοῖς	1		The pronoun **them** refers to the ungodly and unrighteous people mentioned in the previous verse. Unless, otherwise noted, **them**, “their”, and “they” refer to ungodly and unrighteous people throughout [verses 19–32](../01/19.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these ungodly and unrighteous people … all these ungodly and unrighteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
114	ROM	1	20	fo6q	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ…ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ…καθορᾶται; ἥ τε ἀΐδιος αὐτοῦ δύναμις καὶ θειότης	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **qualities**, **power**, and **nature**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what people cannot see about God, both how eternally powerful he is and who he is are clearly seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
115	ROM	1	20	szu6	figs-metaphor	καθορᾶται	1	For his invisible qualities … have been clearly seen	Paul uses **seen** figurative to refer to perceiving something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “are clearly perceived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
116	ROM	1	20	abdl	figs-activepassive	καθορᾶται	1	For his invisible qualities … have been clearly seen	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people can clearly see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
117	ROM	1	20	uvc1	figs-synecdoche	κόσμου	1	world	Paul uses **the world** figuratively to refer to the whole universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of all that God made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
118	ROM	1	20	dr8v	figs-activepassive	τοῖς ποιήμασιν νοούμενα	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the things God has made understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
119	ROM	1	20	dxr6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους	1	they are without excuse	**So** indicates that this is a result clause. Use the natural way in your language to express result. Alternate translation: “As a result, they are without excuse” or “This is why they are without excuse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
120	ROM	1	21	pgta	figs-explicit	γνόντες τὸν Θεὸν	1		Here Paul uses **having known** to imply that these people know about God or know that God exists. He does not mean that they know God personally. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having known about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
121	ROM	1	21	iasg	figs-doublet	οὐχ ὡς Θεὸν ἐδόξασαν ἢ ηὐχαρίστησαν	1		Here, **not glorify him** and **nor give him thanks** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that ungodly people dishonor God. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “they thanklessly despise God” or “they completely disregard God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
122	ROM	1	21	c6v7	figs-metaphor	ηὐχαρίστησαν	1		Here Paul speaks of expressions of **thanks** figuratively as if they were something that could be given to a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did they thank him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
123	ROM	1	21	dant	figs-doublet	ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how foolish these ungodly people became by refusing to honor God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “they became completely senseless in the way they think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
124	ROM	1	21	xm6i	figs-activepassive	ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς διαλογισμοῖς αὐτῶν	1	became foolish in their thoughts	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they began to think futile things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
125	ROM	1	21	d2c0	figs-metaphor	ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively of the **heart** as if it could mentally sense things or could become black in color. He also uses **darkened** figuratively to refer to someone losing the ability to understand something. He means that these people lack spiritual sensitivity and are unable to understand spiritual things. If your readers would not understand what a **senseless heart** or **darkened** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “their heart became incapable of feeling or understanding spiritual things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
126	ROM	1	21	t4p7	figs-metonymy	καρδία	1		Here Paul uses **heart** figuratively to refer a person’s inner being or mind. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “inner being” or “mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
127	ROM	1	21	sw8q	grammar-collectivenouns	καρδία	1		The word **heart** is a singular noun that refers to the inner beings or minds of a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “inner beings” or “hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
128	ROM	1	22	ddr2	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἐμωράνθησαν	1	They claimed to be wise, but they became foolish	The phrase **they became foolish** is in contrast to what these unrighteous people claimed about themselves in the previous phrase. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but they became foolish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
129	ROM	1	22	ly68		ἐμωράνθησαν	1		Alternate translation: “they became fools” or “they acted like fools” or “they started acting like fools”
130	ROM	1	23	k9xu	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	They exchanged the glory of the imperishable God	Here, **and** indicates that what follows describes what these ungodly and unrighteous people did after they “became foolish,” as stated in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “then they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
131	ROM	1	23	x2wl	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν.	1	for the likenesses of an image	Paul uses **exchanged** figuratively to describe the actions of these ungodly people as if they were exchanging goods or money. Paul means that they stopped worshiping God and started worshiping idols that resembled these creatures. If your readers would not understand what **exchanged** means in this context, you could use an express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “then they stopped glorifying the imperishable God in order to worship images things that God created: perishable humans, birds, four-footed animals, and creeping things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
132	ROM	1	23	qb7f	figs-parallelism	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1		The two phrases **the glory of the imperishable God** and **a likeness of an image of perishable man** mean the opposite thing. Paul says the opposite thing with similar phrases to emphasize the contrast between **God** and **man**. Use a natural way in your language to express a contrast that uses parallel ideas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
133	ROM	1	23	r14e	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ	1	of perishable man	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what glorifies the imperishable God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
134	ROM	1	23	u971	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ ἀφθάρτου Θεοῦ	1	of birds, of four-footed beasts, and of creeping things	Paul is using the possessive form to describe the relationship between **glory** and **the imperishable God**. This phrase could refer to: (1) the glory that characterizes God. Alternate translation: “the glory that characterizes the imperishable God” (2) the glory that belongs to God. Alternate translation: “the glory that belongs only to the imperishable God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
135	ROM	1	23	rfez	figs-possession	ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος	1		The words translated as **likeness** and **image** were used in the Greek translation of the Old Testament to refer to the same thing ([Genesis 1:26](../gen/01/26.md)). Here Paul is using the possessive form to indicate that **image** is an explanation of **likeness**. Use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation or elaboration in your language. Alternate translation: “a likeness, that is, an image” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
136	ROM	1	23	osrt	figs-ellipsis	καὶ πετεινῶν, καὶ τετραπόδων, καὶ ἑρπετῶν	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “and likenesses of birds, and likenesses of four-footed animals, and likenesses of creeping things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
137	ROM	1	23	rq7h		τετραπόδων	1		The phrase **four-footed beasts** refers to animals that walk on four feet. Use the most natural form to describe this kind of animal in your language. Alternate translation: “of quadrupeds” or “of four-legged beasts”
138	ROM	1	24	fvv6	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1	Therefore	**Therefore** here introduces a result clause. Paul is stating the result of people rejecting the glory of God in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a result clause. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “This is why” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
139	ROM	1	24	ec9q	figs-metaphor	παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν	1	God gave them over to	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if **God** were physically giving them to **lusts**. He means that God is allowing them to have what they desire. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “God permitted them to become controlled by the lusts of their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
140	ROM	1	24	tlv5	figs-possession	ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν	1	them … their … themselves	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **lusts** that come from **their hearts**. If this is not clear in your language, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the lusts that come from their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
141	ROM	1	24	le2o	figs-metonymy	τῶν καρδιῶν αὐτῶν	1		See how you translated “heart” in [verse 21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
142	ROM	1	24	rkou	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν	1		This is a result clause. Paul is stating the result of people indulging in **the lusts of their hearts**. Use the natural way in your language to express result. Alternate translation: “resulting in uncleanness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
143	ROM	1	24	ze8i	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **uncleanness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to become unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
144	ROM	1	24	g0r4	figs-metaphor	εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν	1		Here Paul uses **uncleanness** figuratively to refer to sexual immorality as if it were something dirty. He means that these lustful people become spiritually impure as a result of doing sexually immoral acts. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “to become sexually immoral” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
145	ROM	1	24	puad	grammar-connect-logic-goal	τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι	1		Here, **to dishonor** could refer to: (1) the result of God giving the people **over to their lusts**. Alternate translation: “which results in them dishonoring” (2) the purpose for which **God gave them over to their lusts**. Alternate translation: “in order to dishonor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
146	ROM	1	24	a8pm	figs-euphemism	τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν	1	for their bodies to be dishonored among themselves	In this clause Paul uses **dishonor their bodies** figuratively to refer to sexually immoral acts. This is a polite way of referring to a shameful act. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to commit sexually immoral acts” or “to indulging in sexually immoral activity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
147	ROM	1	25	dv6h	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες μετήλλαξαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ψεύδει	1	they	Paul uses **exchanged** figuratively to describe the actions of these ungodly people as if they were exchanging goods or money. Paul means that they stopped believing what is true about God and started believing in idols, which are false gods. If your readers would not understand what **exchanged** means in this context, you could use an express the meaning plainly. See how you translated **exchanged** in [verse 23](../01/23.md). Alternative translation, “these people refuse to trust what God says is true and accept what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
148	ROM	1	25	koee	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ψεύδει	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **truth** and **lie**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is correct about God for what is incorrect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
149	ROM	1	25	e9pj	figs-possession	τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	who worshiped and served the creation	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **truth** that is about **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “true” instead of the noun **truth**. Alternate translation: “the truth about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
150	ROM	1	25	bl7p	figs-doublet	ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that these people completely rejected worshiping the true **God**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “wholeheartedly worshiped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
151	ROM	1	25	x3t4	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ κτίσει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **creation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what was created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
152	ROM	1	25	xrsa	figs-distinguish	ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας	1		This phrase gives us further information about **the Creator**. It is not making a distinction between **God** and **the Creator**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “God who is blessed to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
153	ROM	1	25	m8zg	translate-blessing	ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας	1		After naming **the Creator**, Paul adds a blessing. Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “may he be blessed to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
154	ROM	1	25	v1ex	figs-nominaladj	εὐλογητὸς	1		Paul is using the adjective **blessed** as a noun in order to describe **the Creator**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the blessed one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
155	ROM	1	26	sk6f	figs-metaphor	παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
156	ROM	1	26	hw81	figs-possession	πάθη ἀτιμίας	1	dishonorable passions	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **passions** that are characterized by **dishonor**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “dishonorable” instead of the noun “dishonor.” Alternate translation: “dishonorable passions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
157	ROM	1	26	lk73	figs-abstractnouns	πάθη ἀτιμίας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **passions** and **dishonor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “dishonor themselves by doing what they are passionate about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
158	ROM	1	26	j4ni	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	for their women	The word translated **for** introduces an explanation of **passions of dishonor**. This explanation begins after the word **for** and continues through the end of the next verse. Use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation or elaboration in your language. Alternate translation: “That is,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
159	ROM	1	26	jqyi	figs-metaphor	μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν	1		Paul uses **exchanged** figuratively to describe the actions of ungodly women as if they were exchanging goods or money. Paul means that they stopped doing **natural** sexual acts with men and started doing sexual acts with other women that are **contrary to nature**. If your readers would not understand what **exchanged** means in this context, you could use an express the meaning plainly. See how you translated **exchanged** in [verses 23](../01/23.md) and [25](../01/25.md). Alternative translation, “stopped doing natural sexual acts with men and started doing unnatural sexual acts with women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
160	ROM	1	26	vs4a	figs-euphemism	τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν	1	exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural	Paul uses **the natural use** figuratively to refer to sexual activity between women and men. This is a polite way of referring to something that would be offensive in some cultures. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sexual activity with males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
161	ROM	1	26	qvr5	figs-euphemism	τὴν παρὰ φύσιν	1	exchanged natural relations for those that were unnatural	Paul uses **contrary to nature** figuratively to refer to sexual activity between women and other women. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “sexual activity with females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
162	ROM	1	27	ji3l	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὁμοίως τε καὶ οἱ ἄρσενες	1		This phrase emphasizes that what follows is similar to [1:26](../01/26.md). Alternate translation: “in the same way even the males” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
163	ROM	1	27	gn3f	figs-metaphor	ἀφέντες	1	committed shameless acts	Paul speaks figuratively of these men as if they were leaving their location to go to another one. He means that they are abandoning or rejecting the way God intended for people to do sexual acts. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “having abandoned” or “having rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
164	ROM	1	27	g3ja	figs-euphemism	τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας	1	men also left their natural relations with women	See how you translated **the natural use** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
165	ROM	1	27	qvi3	figs-possession	τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας	1	men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the natural use** that is associated with **the female**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an alternative expression. Alternate translation: “the natural use associated with the female” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
166	ROM	1	27	pqpo	figs-genericnoun	τῆς θηλείας	1	men and received in themselves the penalty they deserved for their error	Paul is speaking of these females in general, not of one particular **female**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “of females” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
167	ROM	1	27	yvm1	figs-metaphor	ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους	1	error	Paul speaks figuratively of **lust** as if it were something that could burn like a fire. He means that their **lust** is out of control like a burning fire. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “passionately lusted after one another” or “intensely desired each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
168	ROM	1	27	ylj6	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lust**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “burned lustfully for one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
169	ROM	1	27	kxwj	figs-euphemism	ἄρσενες ἐν ἄρσεσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι	1		This phrase refers to men doing sexual acts with other men. This is a polite way of referring to something immoral. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “males shamelessly engaging in sexual activity with each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
170	ROM	1	27	u2hh	figs-metaphor	κατεργαζόμενοι	1		Paul speaks figuratively of men doing sexual acts with each other as if it could produce something. He means that what they are doing is morally shameful. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “committing” or “engaging in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
171	ROM	1	27	sjhb	figs-infostructure	καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες	1		In the original language the phrase **the penalty** is at the front of the clause for emphasis. If it would be more natural in your language, you could arrange the order of these phrases to show that emphasis. Alternate translation: “and the penalty which was necessary for their perversion receiving in themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
172	ROM	1	27	jtru	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	2		Here, **and** indicates that what follows is the result of the **shameless acts**. Alternate translation: “and as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
173	ROM	1	27	raet	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **the penalty** for their sinful activity as if it were something that they could receive inside of themselves. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “experiencing in their own bodies” or “receiving among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
174	ROM	1	27	x6fz	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **penalty**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the punishing act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
175	ROM	1	27	dbtt	figs-abstractnouns	ἣν ἔδει τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **perversion**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “which was necessary for their perverted acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
176	ROM	1	28	bt7u	figs-idiom	οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν, τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει	1		The phrase **having God in their full awareness** is an idiom that means “thinking about God” or “acknowledging God.” If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “they did not approve of thinking about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
177	ROM	1	28	f53x	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν Θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **full awareness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being fully aware of God” or “fully acknowledging that God exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
178	ROM	1	28	yy1c	figs-metaphor	παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς	1	he gave them up to a depraved mind	See how you translated this phrase in [verses 24](../01/24.md) and [26](../01/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
179	ROM	1	28	p8z2	figs-genericnoun	εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν	1	not proper	Paul is speaking of the minds of these ungodly people in general, not of one particular **mind**. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “to disapproved minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
180	ROM	1	28	r1pt	figs-explicit	εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν	1	not proper	Here, **mind** refers to a person’s will and moral reasoning. The **mind** of one of these ungodly people is **disapproved**, which means that it has been rejected by God as worthless. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state these ideas explicitly. Alternate translation: “to a mind that has become worthless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
181	ROM	1	28	ie4l	grammar-connect-logic-result	ποιεῖν	1		Here, **to do** could refer to: (1) the result of **a disapproved mind**. Alternate translation: “as a result they do” or “causing them to practice” (2) the purpose of **a disapproved mind**. Alternate translation: “so that they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
182	ROM	1	28	aye6	figs-explicit	τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα	1		The phrase **those things that are not proper** refers to what Paul describes in [verses 29–31](../01/29.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those improper things that follow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
183	ROM	1	29	c2e2	figs-litany		0	General Information:	In [verses 29–31](../01/29.md) Paul uses a repetitive series of sentences and ideas to show how evil these ungodly and unrighteous people are. This is a list of the “things that are not proper” of which those people in [verses 18–28](../01/18.md) are guilty. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
184	ROM	1	29	v0zj	figs-metaphor	πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ	1		Paul uses **filled with** figuratively to refer to these ungodly people as if they were a container **filled with** the sins that Paul lists in this clause. Like a container that has been **filled with** something, the people are completely controlled by these sins. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully controlled by unrighteousness, wickedness, covetousness, and malice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
185	ROM	1	29	t4qm	figs-activepassive	πεπληρωμένους	1	They are full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intentions	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they filled themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
186	ROM	1	29	uqks	figs-abstractnouns	πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ;	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **unrighteousness**, **wickedness**, **covetousness**, and **malice**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “filled with all unrighteous, wicked, covetous, and malicious thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
187	ROM	1	29	a7s3	figs-metaphor	μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας	1		Paul uses **full of** figuratively to refer to these ungodly people as if they were a container **full of** the sins that Paul lists in this clause. Like a container that is **full of** something, the people are completely controlled by these sins. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully controlled by envy, murder, strife, deceit, and evil intent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
188	ROM	1	29	dzda	figs-abstractnouns	μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, δόλου, κακοηθείας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **envy**, **murder**, **strife**, **deceit**, and **evil intent**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “they are full of envious, murderous, contentious, and deceitful thoughts, and they intend to do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
189	ROM	1	30	f4tt	figs-nominaladj	θεοστυγεῖς, ὑβριστάς, ὑπερηφάνους, ἀλαζόνας…ἀπειθεῖς	1	slanderers	Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who hate God, people who are insolent, people who are arrogant, people who are boastful … people who are disobedient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
190	ROM	1	30	th8q	figs-abstractnouns	καταλάλους…ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν	1	inventing ways of doing evil	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **slanderers** and **inventors** in another way. Alternate translation: “people who speak against others … people who invent ways to do evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
191	ROM	1	30	qq50	figs-possession	ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **inventors** who invent **evil things**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they invent evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
192	ROM	1	31	i7ix	figs-nominaladj	ἀσυνέτους, ἀσυνθέτους, ἀστόργους, ἀνελεήμονας	1		Paul is using these adjectives as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who are senseless, faithless, heartless, and merciless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
193	ROM	1	32	cxx8	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ δικαίωμα	1	They understand the righteous regulations of God	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteous decree**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is rightly decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
194	ROM	1	32	ytu6	figs-possession	τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **the righteous decree** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s righteous decree” or “what God decrees is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
195	ROM	1	32	z12q	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι	1	are deserving of death	Here, **that** indicates that what follows is the content of the **the righteous decree of God**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “in other words,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
196	ROM	1	32	iqg1	writing-pronouns	τὰ τοιαῦτα…αὐτὰ…τοῖς πράσσουσιν	1	who do them	The pronouns **such things** and **things** and **them** refer to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [verses 28–31](../01/28/md). If this would confuse your readers, you could make state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “such improper things … these improper things … those who keep doing these improper things” or “these kinds of evil things … these evil things … those who keep doing these evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
197	ROM	1	32	p9e9	figs-nominaladj	ἄξιοι θανάτου	1		Paul is using the adjective **worthy** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who deserve death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
198	ROM	1	32	t0ls	figs-abstractnouns	ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “are worthy to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
199	ROM	1	32	awth	figs-metaphor	ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν	1		Here Paul uses **death** figuratively to refer to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are worthy to die spiritually” or “are worthy of spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
200	ROM	2	intro	dse2			0		# Romans 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)<br> * All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32)<br> * All Jews have sinned (2:1–3:8)<br><br>In this chapter Paul shifts his audience from Roman Christians to people who “judge” other people and do not believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The Law”<br><br>In this chapter Paul uses the singular noun “the law” to refer to the group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. Paul says that those who try to obey the Law of Moses will not be justified by trying to obey it. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>In [verses 1–5](../02/01.md) Paul uses the singular pronoun “you” and the singular noun “man” to refer to all people in general. If your language does not use singular pronouns or singular nouns to refer to a group of people, you can use a different expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-crowd]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
201	ROM	2	1	y6ts	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ	1		**Therefore** here marks a new section of the letter. It also introduces a result clause that summarizes the consequences of the behavior that Paul described in [1:18–32](../01/18.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “So then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
202	ROM	2	1	d7pj	figs-crowd	εἶ…κρίνεις…σεαυτὸν κατακρίνεις…πράσσεις, ὁ κρίνων	1	Therefore you are without excuse	Paul uses the singular pronoun **you** here to refer to all people in general. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “every one of you is … every one of you judges … every one of you condemns yourself … every one of you who judges practices” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-crowd]])
203	ROM	2	1	atxo		ἀναπολόγητος	1	Therefore you are without excuse	See how you translated this phrase in [1:20](../01/20.md).
204	ROM	2	1	md5e	figs-exclamations	ὦ ἄνθρωπε	1	you	**O man** here is an exclamation that is meant to convict every judgmental person in the human race. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
205	ROM	2	1	x3mi	grammar-collectivenouns	ἄνθρωπε	1	you are	Here, **man** is a singular noun that refers to humanity in general. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter Alternate translation: “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
206	ROM	2	1	n2mu	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. In the rest of the verse Paul gives the reasons why **anyone who judges** is **without excuse**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because” or “since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
207	ROM	2	1	jt4b	writing-pronouns	ἐν ᾧ	1	you person, you who judge	The word translated **that which** is a pronoun that refers to any way or any time a person might judge someone else. You may need to make this explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “anytime” or “in anything that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
208	ROM	2	1	ybp2	figs-genericnoun	τὸν ἕτερον	1	for what you judge in another you condemn in yourself	Here, **the other** refers to any other person. You may need to make this explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “any other person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
209	ROM	2	1	nz11	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **for** introduces a clause that explains why these judgmental people are self-condemned. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
210	ROM	2	1	wumc	writing-pronouns	τὰ…αὐτὰ	1		The phrase **the same things** refers to acts for which people judge one another. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Alternate translation: “the very same deeds” or “the same things you judge them for doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
211	ROM	2	2	jr4i	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1	But we know	Here, **we** could refer to: (1) Paul and the church at Rome. Alternate translation: “all of us believers in Christ” (2) mankind in general. Alternate translation: “all people” Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
212	ROM	2	2	qca8	figs-possession	τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the judgment** that **God** does. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s judgment” or “how God judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
213	ROM	2	2	kfy1	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν	1	God’s judgment is according to truth when it falls on those	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **judgment** and **truth**, you could express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how God judges is according to what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
214	ROM	2	2	lfqn	figs-explicit	κατὰ ἀλήθειαν	1	God’s judgment is according to truth when it falls on those	This phrase indicates the manner in which God will judge those who act sinfully. He will judge them according to the sins they truly committed. If this phrase might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “based on the facts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
215	ROM	2	2	j46f		τοὺς…πράσσοντας	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:32](../01/32/.md).
216	ROM	2	2	mjao	figs-explicit	τὰ τοιαῦτα	1		Here, **such things** refers to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [1:28–32](../01/28/md). If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “such improper things” or “these kinds of evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
217	ROM	2	3	zwg7	figs-rquestion	λογίζῃ δὲ τοῦτο, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας, καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά, ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ?	1	person	Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that these judgmental people should know that God will finally judge them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But you should not think, O man, who judges those who are practicing such things and you are doing the same things, that you will escape from the judgment of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
218	ROM	2	3	jct9	writing-pronouns	τοῦτο	1		The pronoun **this** refers to the final clause of this verse **that you will escape from the judgment of God**. You could use a natural way in your language to make this idea explicit. Alternate translation: “this fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
219	ROM	2	3	ysys	figs-infostructure	τοῦτο, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ὁ κρίνων τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας, καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά, ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “that you will escape from the judgment of God, O man, who judges those who are practicing such things and you are doing the same things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
220	ROM	2	3	rk75	figs-exclamations	ὦ ἄνθρωπε	1	you who judge those who practice such things although you do the same things	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
221	ROM	2	3	mo4p	figs-explicit	τὰ τοιαῦτα…αὐτά	1		The phrases **such things** and **the same things** refer to the litany of “the things that are not proper” in [1:28–32](../01/28/md). See how you translated **such things** in [verse 2](../02/02.md) and **the same things** in [verse 1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
222	ROM	2	3	bd82	figs-personification	ὅτι σὺ ἐκφεύξῃ τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **judgment** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who someone could **escape** from. Paul means that no one can avoid God’s judgment. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “that you will not prevent God’s judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
223	ROM	2	3	hpej	figs-explicit	τὸ κρίμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
224	ROM	2	4	pex3	figs-rquestion	ἢ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας καταφρονεῖς, ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει?	1	Or do you think so little of the riches of his goodness, his delayed punishment, and his patience … repentance?	Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that these judgmental people should know that **the kindness of God leads** them **to repentance**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You who scorn the riches of his kindness and forbearance and patience surely know that the kindness of God leads you to repentance!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
225	ROM	2	4	v9yf	figs-crowd	καταφρονεῖς…σε	1		In this verse Paul uses the singular pronoun **you** here to refer to all of humanity in general. See how you translated **you** in [verses 1](../02/01.md) and [3](../02/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-crowd]])
226	ROM	2	4	w537	figs-metaphor	τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας	1	Do you think so little of the riches … patience	Paul speaks figuratively of God’s **kindness and forbearance and patience** as if they were wealth that could be acquired or rejected. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “acquiring his wonderful kindness and forbearance and patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
227	ROM	2	4	swj9	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας	1	Do you not know that his goodness is meant to lead you to repentance?	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **kindness**, **forbearance**, and **patience**, you could express these ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of how kind, forbearing, and patient he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
228	ROM	2	4	pplt	figs-possession	τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῆς ἀνοχῆς, καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας…τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the **kindness**, **forbearance**, and **patience** that characterize **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of God’s kindness, forbearance, and patience … God’s kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
229	ROM	2	4	acip	figs-personification	τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει	1		Paul speaks of **the kindness of God** figuratively as if it were a person who could lead someone **to repentance**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God uses his kindness to cause you to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
230	ROM	2	4	u0io	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς μετάνοιάν σε ἄγει	1		Here, **to repentance** is a goal clause. Paul is stating the goal of **the kindness of God**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a goal clause. Alternate translation: “leads you to repent” or “guides you to deeply change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
231	ROM	2	4	jamv	figs-abstractnouns	μετάνοιάν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **repentance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to deeply change the way you perceive things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
232	ROM	2	5	agl8	figs-metaphor	κατὰ δὲ τὴν σκληρότητά σου	1	But it is to the extent of your hardness and unrepentant heart	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were a hard substance. He means that these people stubbornly refuse to repent from their judgmental way of life. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “But according to your stubbornness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
233	ROM	2	5	v6z1	figs-metonymy	ἀμετανόητον καρδίαν	1		Here, **heart** figuratively refers to a person’s will or inner being. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “unrepentant will” or “unwillingness to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
234	ROM	2	5	fv4k	figs-metaphor	θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν	1	you are storing up for yourself wrath	Here Paul speaks of **wrath** figuratively as if it were an object that someone could store up. He means that the longer people refuse to repent, the greater is God’s wrath against them. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “you are increasing how much wrath God has against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
235	ROM	2	5	s7cs	figs-metonymy	ὀργὴν…ὀργῆς	1	you are storing up for yourself wrath	Here Paul uses **wrath** figuratively to refer to the outcome of God’s **wrath**, which is judging and punishing people because they are unrighteous. See how you translated the same use of this word in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
236	ROM	2	5	pck0	figs-explicit	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul assumes that his readers will know that both **the day of wrath** and **the revelation of the righteous judgment of God** refer to the time in the future when God will punish all wicked people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time God finally punishes wicked people and reveals his righteous judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
237	ROM	2	5	uz3k	figs-possession	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **day** that is characterized by **wrath** and by **the revelation of the righteous judgment of God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning differently. Alternate translation: “on the day characterized by God’s wrath and the revelation of his righteous judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
238	ROM	2	5	ay1h	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **wrath**, **revelation**, and **judgment**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “on the day of God’s wrathful acts when he reveals how righteously he judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
239	ROM	2	5	fnpj	figs-possession	ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the righteous judgment of God** as what **the revelation** reveals. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an alternate expression. Alternate translation: “when God reveals his righteous judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
240	ROM	2	5	sume	figs-possession	δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the righteous judgment** that is carried out by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an alternate expression. Alternate translation: “of God judging righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
241	ROM	2	6	frov	figs-quotations	ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1		This clause is a quotation from the Old Testament ([Psalm 62:12](../psa/062/012.md)). If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
242	ROM	2	6	jwcx	figs-metaphor	ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1		Here Paul uses **pay back** figuratively to refer to appropriately punishing or rewarding someone as if the punishment or reward was reciprocal payment for that person’s deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will appropriately punish or reward each one according to his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
243	ROM	2	6	gj1q	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1	to every person according to his actions	If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **deeds** in another way. Alternate translation: “how he acts” or “what he does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
244	ROM	2	7	ylpm			0	General Information:	In [verses 7–10](../02/07.md) Paul explains what he means when he said in [verse 6](../02/06.md) that God will “pay back to each according to his deeds.”
245	ROM	2	7	rrbf	figs-infostructure	τοῖς…καθ’ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ, δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν ζητοῦσιν, ζωὴν αἰώνιον;	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “eternal life to those who are seeking glory and honor and incorruptibility according to endurance of good work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
246	ROM	2	7	gec6	figs-ellipsis	ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	seeking	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “eternal life is what God pays back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
247	ROM	2	7	sqdo	figs-metaphor	τοῖς…ζητοῦσιν	1		Paul uses **seeking** figuratively to refer to these people as if they were trying to find something. He means that they are trying to live in such a way as to obtain **glory and honor and incorruptibility**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “to those who … keep trying to attain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
248	ROM	2	7	zyff		τοῖς…καθ’ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ…ζητοῦσιν, ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		Here, **according to** could indicate: (1) the means by which these people **are seeking glory and honor and incorruptibility**. Alternate translation: “everlasting life to those who, by means of endurance of good work, are seeking glory and honor and incorruptibility” (2) the reason why God gives these people **everlasting live**. Alternate translation: “because they endure in good work and are seeking glory and honor and incorruptibility, everlasting life”
249	ROM	2	7	d2gw	figs-abstractnouns	καθ’ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **endurance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to the fact that they keep on doing good work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
250	ROM	2	7	ub51	figs-abstractnouns	δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν	1	praise, honor, and incorruptibility	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **glory**, **honor**, and **incorruptibility** in another way. Alternate translation: “for God to glorify, honor, and cause them to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
251	ROM	2	8	j1e6	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξ ἐριθείας	1	wrath and fierce anger will come	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **ambition**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from being selfishly ambitious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
252	ROM	2	8	fcb4	figs-doublet	καὶ ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ	1	disobey the truth but obey unrighteousness	These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how sinful these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “who are disobedient to all that is true and right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
253	ROM	2	8	xhtm	figs-personification	ἀπειθοῦσι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, πειθομένοις δὲ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ	1		Here, **the truth** is spoken of figuratively as if it were a person whom someone could disobey, and **unrighteousness** is spoken of as if it were a person whom someone could obey. Paul means that these people reject what God says is true and right by **disobeying** him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who reject what God says is true and right by disobeying him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
254	ROM	2	8	m7pm	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀληθείᾳ…τῇ ἀδικίᾳ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **truth** and **unrighteousness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true … what is unrighteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
255	ROM	2	8	ytny	figs-ellipsis	ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the [verse 6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: “wrath and anger is what God pays back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
256	ROM	2	8	exor	figs-metonymy	ὀργὴ	1		Here Paul uses **wrath** figuratively to refer to the outcome of God’s **wrath**, which is judging and punishing people because they are unrighteous. See how you translated the same use of this word in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
257	ROM	2	8	wa6f	figs-abstractnouns	ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός	1	self-seeking	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **wrath** and **anger**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “God is wrathful and angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
258	ROM	2	8	blwx	figs-doublet	ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός	1		The words **wrath** and **anger** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize God’s intense anger toward people who are **disobedient to the truth**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “fierce wrath” or “angry wrath” or “wrathful anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
259	ROM	2	9	ospb	figs-metaphor	θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου τοῦ κατεργαζομένου τὸ κακόν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **Tribulation and distress** as if these ideas were located on top of a person. He means that every **evil** person will experience **Tribulation and distress**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Every human soul that produces the evil will experience tribulation and distress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
260	ROM	2	9	qonf	figs-abstractnouns	θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **Tribulation** and ** distress**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “difficult and distressing times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
261	ROM	2	9	u8f7	figs-doublet	θλῖψις καὶ στενοχωρία	1	tribulation and distress on	These two words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how intense God’s judgment will be against these people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Distressing tribulation” or “Intense distress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
262	ROM	2	9	ck9i	figs-synecdoche	πᾶσαν ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου	1		Paul uses **soul of man** to refer to the whole life of a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
263	ROM	2	9	msox	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπου	1		Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
264	ROM	2	9	n7q4	figs-nominaladj	τὸ κακόν	1	has practiced evil	Paul is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to describe things people do. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “what is evil” or “things that are evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
265	ROM	2	9	a9s5	figs-explicit	Ἰουδαίου τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνος	1	to the Jew first	This phrase could mean: (1) the Jews will have greater responsibility because God offered salvation to them first. Alternate translation: “especially for the Jewish person and also for the non-Jewish person” (2) the Jews will be judged before non-Jews, which is the same meaning as in [1:16](../01/16.md). Alternate translation: “first for the Jewish person and then for the non-Jewish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
266	ROM	2	9	csnc	figs-explicit	Ἕλληνος	1	to the Jew first	See how you translated this phrase in [1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
267	ROM	2	10	i9tg	figs-abstractnouns	δόξα…καὶ τιμὴ	1	practices good	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **glory** and **honor**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “God will glorify and honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
268	ROM	2	10	t2od	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνη	1	practices good	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Here, **peace** could refer to: (1) feeling calm and secure. Alternate translation: “a peaceful feeling” (2) being at peace with God. Alternate translation: “a peaceful relationship with God” (3) both a peaceful feeling and a peaceful relationship with God. “a peaceful feeling and a peaceful relationship with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
269	ROM	2	10	ib56	figs-nominaladj	τὸ ἀγαθόν	1	first	Paul is using the adjective **good** as a noun in order to describe things people do. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “good deeds” or “things that are good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
270	ROM	2	10	u06j	figs-explicit	Ἰουδαίῳ τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
271	ROM	2	11	eol0	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ…ἐστιν προσωπολημψία παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **favoritism**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God does not honor one type of person above another” or “God is not more favorable toward one person than another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
272	ROM	2	12	wkx8	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	For as many as have sinned	**For** here indicates that what follows in [verses 12–16](../02/12.md) explains the phrase “there is no favoritism with God” in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
273	ROM	2	12	ecsk	figs-explicit	ὅσοι…ἀνόμως ἥμαρτον	1		Paul uses this phrase to refer to non-Jews, which he calls “the Greek” in [verses 9–10](../02/09.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many non-Jewish people as have sinned without the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
274	ROM	2	12	t3qs	grammar-collectivenouns	ἀνόμως…ἀνόμως…νόμῳ…νόμου	1		The word **law** is a singular noun that refers to a group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “without God’s laws … without God’s laws … God’s laws … God’s laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
275	ROM	2	12	m6cy	figs-idiom	ἀνόμως…ἀνόμως	1	as many as have sinned	Here, **without the law** refers to not knowing God’s **law**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without knowing God’s law” or “in ignorance of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
276	ROM	2	12	qkh4	figs-metonymy	καὶ ἀπολοῦνται	1		Here Paul uses **perish** figuratively to refer to eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will also be punished eternally” or “will also experience eternal punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
277	ROM	2	12	jwvz	figs-explicit	ὅσοι ἐν νόμῳ ἥμαρτον	1		Paul uses this phrase to refer to Jews, who are the people to whom God gave his law. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many Jewish people as have sinned with the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
278	ROM	2	12	w4cp	figs-activepassive	διὰ νόμου κριθήσονται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will judge by his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
279	ROM	2	12	a0k4	figs-explicit	διὰ νόμου	1		Here, **by** indicates that **the law** is the standard by which God will judge those who know his law. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to what the law requires” or “by what the law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
280	ROM	2	13	sw8x	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that this verse gives the reason why God judges both groups of people mentioned in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “God judges both groups of people impartially because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
281	ROM	2	13	a8ra	grammar-collectivenouns	νόμου…νόμου	1		See how you translated **the law** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
282	ROM	2	13	eg4h	figs-metaphor	οὐ…δίκαιοι παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ	1	who are righteous before God	Paul uses **with God** figuratively here to describe **righteous** people as if they were located in the presence of **God**. He means that God makes them right with himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “are not made righteous by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
283	ROM	2	13	c1bu	figs-activepassive	οἱ ποιηταὶ νόμου δικαιωθήσονται	1	who will be justified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Paul implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “God will justify the doers of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
284	ROM	2	14	q2id	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	they do not have the law	**For** here indicates that [verses 14–16](../02/14.md) give another reason why God judges both groups of people mentioned in [verse 12](../02/12.md). [Verses 14–16](../02/14.md) explain why **Gentiles** who do not know God’s law are still sinners. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “God also judges both groups of people impartially because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
285	ROM	2	14	vlum	figs-metaphor	τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα…νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες	1		Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they own or possess **the law**. He means that they are unaware of the law that God gave to the Jewish people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. See how you translated “without the law” in [verse 12](../02/12.md). Alternative translation: “who are unaware of God’s law … who are unaware of God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
286	ROM	2	14	zhmw	grammar-collectivenouns	νόμον…τοῦ νόμου…νόμον	1		See how you translated **the law** in [verse 12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
287	ROM	2	14	h53h	figs-abstractnouns	φύσει…ποιῶσιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **nature** in another way. Alternate translation: “naturally do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
288	ROM	2	14	atda	figs-possession	τὰ τοῦ νόμου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe the specific rules that make up **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the rules within the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
289	ROM	2	14	symg	figs-personification	ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν νόμος	1		Here Paul speaks of **Gentiles** figuratively as if they were **a law**. Paul means that the non-Jewish people still have their own rules about what is right and wrong that are also part of God’s **law**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning in plainly. Alternate translation: “are actually obeying the God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
290	ROM	2	15	xl6v	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	By this they show	Paul speaks figuratively of the non-Jewish people obeying some basic rules from the Law of Moses as if they were showing **the work of the law** to other people. He means that non-Jewish people demonstrate that they naturally understand some rules of the law by obeying those rules. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “who make others aware that they understand the work of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
291	ROM	2	15	wtit	figs-metaphor	τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου, γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1	By this they show	Here Paul speaks figuratively of **the works of the law** as if they can be written on the surfaces of peoples’ hearts. He means that God has enabled non-Jewish people to know generally what is right or wrong even though they do not know the Law of Moses. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they know the work of the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
292	ROM	2	15	x35c	figs-possession	τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόμου	1	the actions required by the law are written in their hearts	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the work** that characterizes obeying **the law**. This phrase has a similar meaning to “the things of the law” in the previous verse. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the work that the law requires a person to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
293	ROM	2	15	v60q	figs-activepassive	γραπτὸν ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God wrote on their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
294	ROM	2	15	ja5s	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν	1		See how you translated “heart” in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
295	ROM	2	15	jmeo	figs-genericnoun	συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως	1	bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them	Paul uses the singular **conscience** figuratively to refer to the individual consciences of these people. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “their consciences bearing witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
296	ROM	2	15	z28q	figs-personification	συνμαρτυρούσης αὐτῶν τῆς συνειδήσεως	1	bears witness to them, and their own thoughts either accuse or defend them	Here Paul uses **conscience** figuratively as if it were a person **bearing witness** in a courtroom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their conscience confirms that this is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
297	ROM	2	15	ub8t	figs-distinguish	συνμαρτυρούσης…καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων	1		This clause explains what **bearing witness** means. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer or begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “bearing witness, namely, the thoughts of each person both accusing or even defending them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
298	ROM	2	15	qk53	figs-personification	καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων, τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπολογουμένων	1		Here, **thoughts** are spoken of figuratively as if they were a person who could accuse or defend someone in court. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation (remove preceding comma): “by accusing or defending them in the way they think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
299	ROM	2	16	o6kx	figs-metonymy	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **day** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 24-hour length of time. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a point in time is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
300	ROM	2	16	c5fp	figs-explicit	ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὅτε κρίνει ὁ Θεὸς	1	on the day when God will judge	Paul assumes that his readers will know that **the day when God will judge** refers to the time in the future when God will judge everyone, as Paul also mentioned in [verses 2](../02/02.md) and [5](../02/05.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the future time when God finally judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
301	ROM	2	16	lyvd	figs-possession	τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **secrets** that **men** have. These **secrets** are specifically secret thoughts that people have, as indicated by the word “thoughts” in the previous verse. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “men’s secrets” or “the secrets that men keep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
302	ROM	2	16	gxet	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **secrets**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what men secretly think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
303	ROM	2	16	r8hz	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of human beings” or “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
304	ROM	2	16	xb7t	figs-infostructure	κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου, διὰ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “through Christ Jesus, according to my gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
305	ROM	2	16	e9bp	figs-metaphor	κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the **gospel** as if it belongs to him. He means that this is the **gospel** God has entrusted him to preach. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “according to God’s gospel that I preach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
306	ROM	2	17	lc6m	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	Connecting Statement:	**But** here indicates that in [verses 17–29](../02/17.md) Paul changes topics from talking about non-Jewish people who don’t know the Law of Moses to Jews who know the Law. He explains why the Jews as well cannot escape God’s judgment. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
307	ROM	2	17	cnq7	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1	if you call yourself a Jew	Here, **if** indicates the beginning of a conditional sentence that extends from this verse to [verse 21](../02/21.md). Paul speaks as if these descriptions of Jews were hypothetical possibilities, but he means that they are actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
308	ROM	2	17	kfe8	figs-youcrowd	σὺ	1		Even though Paul is speaking to Jewish people, he is hypothetically addressing an individual, so **you** and **your** and **yourself** is singular throughout [2:17–27](../02/17.md) unless otherwise noted. If the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** and **yourself** in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
309	ROM	2	17	pglg	figs-metaphor	σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they named themselves. He means that they consider themselves to be Jews. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “you call yourself Jewish” or “you regard yourself as truly Jewish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
310	ROM	2	17	gz6j	figs-ellipsis	ἐπαναπαύῃ νόμῳ,	1	rest upon the law	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context, which is God’s judgment of sinners. Alternate translation: “rely upon the law to escape God’s judgment” or “rely upon the law to save you from God’s judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
311	ROM	2	17	dapj	figs-metaphor	καυχᾶσαι ἐν Θεῷ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of the Jews as if they were boasting inside of **God**. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation that knows God. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “brag that you are the only ones who know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
312	ROM	2	18	xn6w	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα, καὶ δοκιμάζεις τὰ διαφέροντα, κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου,	1	because you have been instructed from the law	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “and because you are instructed from the law, you know his will and approve of what is excellent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
313	ROM	2	18	qxkt	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ θέλημα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **will** in another way. Alternate translation: “what God wills” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
314	ROM	2	18	aqbh	figs-activepassive	κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ νόμου	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “others having instructed you from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
315	ROM	2	19	nk76	figs-rpronouns	πέποιθάς τε σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι	1		Paul uses the word **yourself** to emphasize how **convinced** the Jews are that they are the only ones who can spiritually guide others. Use a way that is natural in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “and you have convinced yourself that you alone are a guide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
316	ROM	2	19	wi7z	figs-metaphor	ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν	1	you yourself are a guide to the blind, a light to those who are in darkness	Paul uses **guide** figuratively to refer to the Jews as if they were the only people who could clearly see. He also uses **blind** figuratively to refer to non-Jews as if they were unable to see. He means that the Jews think they are the only ones who can teach others God’s truth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that you are the only ones who can teach others what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
317	ROM	2	19	beop	figs-abstractnouns	ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **guide**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that you can guide blind men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
318	ROM	2	19	ql0b	figs-gendernotations	τυφλῶν	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “to blind people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
319	ROM	2	19	j76c	figs-doublet	ὁδηγὸν…τυφλῶν, φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how strongly the Jews believed that non-Jews were ignorant about God’s truth. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the two ideas into one. Alternate translation: “the only ones who can guide those who are unaware of what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
320	ROM	2	19	xlge	figs-metaphor	φῶς τῶν ἐν σκότει	1		Here Paul uses **light** figuratively to refer to a Jewish person, and he uses **those in darkness** figuratively to refer to non-Jews. He means that the Jews think they can teach non-Jews about God the way that a **light** shines on people who are in a dark place. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “someone who can reveal what is true about God to those who do not know about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
321	ROM	2	20	ymey	grammar-connect-logic-result	παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων, ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases, since the third phrase gives the reason for the result that the first two phrases describe. Alternate translation: “since having in the law the form of the knowledge and of the truth, you believe you should be an instructor of foolish men, a teacher of little children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
322	ROM	2	20	pf6v	figs-doublet	παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον νηπίων	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how strongly the Jews believed that non-Jews were ignorant about God’s truth. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “the only people who can instruct those people who are as foolish as children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
323	ROM	2	20	ar5a	figs-metaphor	διδάσκαλον νηπίων	1	a teacher of little children	Paul speaks figuratively of the non-Jews as if they were **little children**. He means that they are ignorant about God. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “people who are spiritually ignorant” or “people who are like uneducated infants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
324	ROM	2	20	ose0	figs-metaphor	ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐν τῷ νόμῳ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were a physical shape that someone could possess. He means that **the law** contains God’s true knowledge that the Jews think they exclusively own. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “understanding through God’s law how a person can truly know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
325	ROM	2	20	ua61	figs-possession	τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας	1		Paul is using the possessive forms **of the knowledge** and **of the truth** to describe the **form** of **the law**. Here, **of knowledge** and **of the truth** could indicate: (1) what **the law** contains. Alternate translation: “the form that contains the knowledge and the truth” (2) what **the law** represents. Alternate translation: “what represents knowledge and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
326	ROM	2	20	y6i5	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **knowledge** and ** truth**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “of what we know about God and what is true about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
327	ROM	2	21	vy0h	figs-rquestion	ὁ οὖν διδάσκων ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις? ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις?	1		In [verses 21–23](../02/21.md) Paul transitions from his description of the Jews in [verses 17–20](../02/17.md) to a series of rhetorical questions. These questions emphasize the hypocrisy of the Jews, who thought they were superior to non-Jews because they knew the Law of Moses. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate Paul’s words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “then you, who teach another, do not teach yourself! You, who preach not to steal, actually steal!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
328	ROM	2	21	rftq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1		Here, **then** indicates that what follows is the second half of the factual conditional statement that Paul began with “if you name yourself a Jew” in [verse 17](../02/17.md). Paul wants to show that what the Jews believe and how they live are in contrast. If you divided [verses 17–21](../02/17.md) into separate sentences, then you may need to include a short form of the “if” statement here. Alternate translation: “if all this is really true, then” or “since all this is really true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
329	ROM	2	21	uq9y	grammar-collectivenouns	ἕτερον	1	You who teach others, do you not teach yourself?	Here, **another** is a singular pronoun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular pronouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
330	ROM	2	21	abq0	figs-explicit	σεαυτὸν οὐ διδάσκεις	1		Here Paul implies that the Jews need to **teach** themselves because they do not actually obey the laws that they teach. They act as if they do not know the Law of Moses. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you don’t obey the law, do you not teach yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
331	ROM	2	22	parm	figs-rquestion	ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις? ὁ βδελυσσόμενος τὰ εἴδωλα, ἱεροσυλεῖς?	1	You who preach against stealing, do you steal?	Like in the previous verse, Paul is not asking for information here, but is using the question form twice to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You, who says not to commit adultery, actually commit adultery! You, who abhor idols, actually rob temples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
332	ROM	2	22	dmpg	figs-explicit	ἱεροσυλεῖς	1	You who preach against stealing, do you steal?	Here Paul implies that the **temples** the Jews **rob** are where **idols** are kept and worshipped. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “do you rob temples where idols are kept” or “should you actually enter an idol temple and rob it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
333	ROM	2	23	z80m	figs-rquestion	ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου, τὸν Θεὸν ἀτιμάζεις	1		Like in the previous two verses, Paul is not asking for information here, but is using the question form to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You, who boast in the law, actually dishonor God through the transgression of the law!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
334	ROM	2	23	grr3	figs-metaphor	ὃς ἐν νόμῳ καυχᾶσαι	1	You who boast in the law, do you dishonor God by breaking the law?	Paul uses **in the law** figuratively as if it were something that people could boast inside of. He means that the Jews brag that they are the only nation who knows God’s law, which has similar meaning to “boast in God” in [verse 17](../02/17.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “You, who brag that you are the only ones who know God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
335	ROM	2	23	ob98	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόμου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **transgression**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by transgressing the law” or “by breaking the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
336	ROM	2	24	yp4l	figs-infostructure	τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, καθὼς γέγραπται	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “For, just as it is written, ‘the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles because of you.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
337	ROM	2	24	z54i	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous statement is true. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These things I have said about you are true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
338	ROM	2	24	lk5n	figs-quotemarks	τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		In this clause Paul quotes part of [Isaiah 52:5](../../isa/52/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
339	ROM	2	24	c4sk	figs-possession	τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to indicate the **name** that belongs to **God**. Paul does not mean that **God** is a **name**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “God’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
340	ROM	2	24	mvwq	figs-synecdoche	τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul uses **the name of God** figuratively to refer to**God** himself. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
341	ROM	2	24	ccm9	figs-activepassive	τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles blaspheme the name of God because of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
342	ROM	2	24	m2bq	grammar-connect-logic-result	τὸ…ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ ὑμᾶς βλασφημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because of you the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
343	ROM	2	24	pg0g	figs-explicit	δι’ ὑμᾶς	1		Paul quotes Isaiah implying that the bad behavior of the Jews is what causes **the Gentiles** to blaspheme **the name of God**. Since the Jews were supposed to represent God to the world, their bad behavior misrepresented God so that the Gentiles blasphemed him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result of how you act” or “because of the way you behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
344	ROM	2	24	e144	figs-you	δι’ ὑμᾶς	1		Here, **you** is the plural and refers to the Jewish people. This is the only occurrence of plural **you** in [verses 17–27](../02/17.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
345	ROM	2	24	edrf	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since Paul is referring to something Isaiah wrote, you could indicate Isaiah as the subject. Alternate translation: “just as Isaiah wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
346	ROM	2	24	end9	writing-quotations	γέγραπται	1		Here Paul uses **it is written** to indicate a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 52:5](../../isa/52/05.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
347	ROM	2	25	vdu7	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that [verses 25–29] provide another reason why both Jews and Gentiles will be punished for their sins, as stated in [verse 12](../02/12.md). Paul is arguing against the idea that circumcision guaranteed a Jew’s salvation, which some Jews believed. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jews will be judged along with Gentiles because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
348	ROM	2	25	vp6o	figs-abstractnouns	περιτομὴ…ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **circumcision** and **uncircumcision**, you could express the same ideas in a different way. Alternate translation: “being circumcised … your being circumcised has become being uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
349	ROM	2	25	wm24	figs-ellipsis	ὠφελεῖ	1		Paul is leaving out a word here that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “benefits you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
350	ROM	2	25	pqhz	figs-possession	παραβάτης νόμου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a person who transgresses **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “one who transgresses the law” or “one who breaks the law”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
351	ROM	2	25	xq62	figs-hyperbole	ἡ περιτομή σου, ἀκροβυστία γέγονεν	1	your circumcision becomes uncircumcision	Here, **your circumcision becomes uncircumcision** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how important it is for God’s people to **practice the law**. Paul does not mean that the person who transgresses God’s **law** is no longer physically circumcised. If this would confuse your readers, you express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is as if you are not circumcised” or “it is the same as if you were never circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
352	ROM	2	26	vt7f	figs-hypo	ἐὰν οὖν	1	the uncircumcised person	Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the benefits for **the uncircumcised one** who **keeps the requirements of the law**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Let’s suppose then that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
353	ROM	2	26	r9i4	figs-nominaladj	ἡ ἀκροβυστία	1	the uncircumcised person	Paul is using the adjective **uncircumcision** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the people who are uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
354	ROM	2	26	nf3j	figs-idiom	φυλάσσῃ	1	keeps the requirements of the law	Here, **keeps** is an idiom that means “obeys.” If your readers would not understand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is obedient to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
355	ROM	2	26	mkhr	figs-possession	τὰ δικαιώματα τοῦ νόμου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **requirements** found in **the law**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “what the law requires” or “the law’s requirements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
356	ROM	2	26	be71	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται	1	will not his uncircumcision be considered as circumcision?	Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize how important it is do what **the law** requires. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly God will consider his uncircumcision to be circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
357	ROM	2	26	rjb5	figs-activepassive	οὐχ ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Paul implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “will God not consider his circumcision to be circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
358	ROM	2	26	gjuy	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἀκροβυστία αὐτοῦ…περιτομὴν	1		See how you translated these abstract nouns in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
359	ROM	2	27	rkxz	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1		**And** here could indicate that what follows is continuing the rhetorical question in the previous verse. If you choose the translate the passage in this way, then replace the ending exclamation point with a question mark. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
360	ROM	2	27	lqz2	grammar-connect-logic-result	κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα	1	And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law?	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “since he is fulfilling the law, the uncircumcised by nature will judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
361	ROM	2	27	tpno	figs-nominaladj	ἡ…ἀκροβυστία	1	And will not the one who is naturally uncircumcised condemn you … the law?	See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
362	ROM	2	27	h2lj	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **nature**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the naturally uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
363	ROM	2	27	zwh8	figs-idiom	τελοῦσα	1		Here, **fulfilling** is an idiom that means “fully obeying.” If your readers would not understand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is fully obedient to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
364	ROM	2	27	sv4b	figs-explicit	διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς	1		Here, **through** could mean: (1) the Jews will be judged despite having the **letter and circumcision**. Alternate translation: “despite having letter and circumcision” (2) the Jews will be judged while having the **letter and circumcision**. Alternate translation: “while having letter and circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
365	ROM	2	27	nxa1	figs-metonymy	γράμματος	1		Paul is figuratively describing **the law** by association with the letters that make up **the law**. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the written law code” or “God’s written law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
366	ROM	2	27	lkll	figs-abstractnouns	περιτομῆς	1		See how you translated this abstract noun in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
367	ROM	2	27	q795	figs-abstractnouns	παραβάτην νόμου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **transgressor** with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “someone who transgresses the law” or “someone who breaks God’s law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
368	ROM	2	28	g2vh	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that what follows is the reason for what has just been stated. This verse is Paul’s conclusion to the statements he made in [verses 25–27](../02/25.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Truly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
369	ROM	2	28	lfuj	figs-metonymy	Ἰουδαῖός	1		Here Paul uses **Jew** to refer to someone who is one of God’s people because he truly trusts in God for salvation, like Abraham did. **Jew** here does not refer to someone who only has Jewish ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a spiritual Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
370	ROM	2	28	rohy	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ φανερῷ	1		Here, **visibly** refers to the Jewish religious practices that other people can see, such as circumcision or wearing special clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “does externally visible Jewish rituals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
371	ROM	2	28	n34i	figs-metonymy	ἡ…περιτομή	1	flesh	Here Paul uses **circumcision** figuratively to refer to the change in thinking and attitude that happens when God saves a person. It can also be considered an inward mark of belonging to God’s people, like how circumcision was an outer mark of being Jewish. This was called “circumcision of the heart” in the Old Testament ([Deuteronomy 30:6](../../deu/30/06.md); [Jeremiah 4:4](../../jer/04/04.md)). Here, **circumcision** does not refer to the Jewish ritual. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this spiritual circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
372	ROM	2	28	s44m	figs-synecdoche	ἐν σαρκὶ	1	flesh	Paul uses **the flesh** figuratively to mean “the whole body,” which is made of **flesh**. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
373	ROM	2	29	b6ag	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ Ἰουδαῖος	1		The word translated **secretly** refers to something that other people cannot see or that is hidden. The meaning here is the opposite of “visibly” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a Jew in an inward way not seen by others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
374	ROM	2	29	u7b6	figs-metonymy	Ἰουδαῖος	1		Here Paul uses **Jew** figuratively in the same way he did in the previous verse. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
375	ROM	2	29	d1go	figs-possession	περιτομὴ καρδίας	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **circumcision** that is performed in **the heart**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “circumcision is performed in the heart” or “circumcision is an inward change” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
376	ROM	2	29	hbiv	figs-idiom	περιτομὴ καρδίας	1		The phrase **circumcision of the heart** is an idiom that refers to the change in thinking and attitude that happens when God saves a person. It can also be considered an inward mark of belonging to God’s people, like how circumcision was an outer mark of being Jewish. This expression first occurred in the Old Testament ([Deuteronomy 30:6](../../deu/30/06.md); [Jeremiah 4:4](../../jer/04/04.md)).If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated “this circumcision” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “truly belonging to God’s people is by removal of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
377	ROM	2	29	n4pp	figs-metonymy	καρδίας	1		See how you translated this word in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
378	ROM	2	29	ffa3	figs-explicit	ἐν Πνεύματι, οὐ γράμματι	1		Here, both occurrences of **in** indicate the means by which something happened. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of the Spirit, not by means of the letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
379	ROM	2	29	kjc9	figs-explicit	ἐν Πνεύματι	1		Here, **the Spirit** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, who changes a person’s thoughts and attitude when God saves that person, as in the UST. (2) a person’s spirit, which would require interpreting **in** to refer to a place. Alternate translation: “in one’s spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
380	ROM	2	29	gcoq	figs-metonymy	γράμματι	1		See how you translated **letter** in [verse 27](../02/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
381	ROM	2	29	dlac	writing-pronouns	οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος	1	in the Spirit	The pronoun **whose** refers to **the one who is inwardly a Jew**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that inward Jew’s praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
382	ROM	2	29	qa6b	figs-possession	οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος	1	in the Spirit	Paul is using the possessive form **whose** to indicate who receives **the praise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “his praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
383	ROM	2	29	r4gm	figs-gendernotations	ἐξ ἀνθρώπων	1	in the Spirit	Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “from people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
384	ROM	3	intro	y2kb			0		# Romans 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>3. All mankind is condemned because of sin (1:18–3:20)<br> * All non-Jews have sinned (1:18–32)<br> * All Jews have sinned (2:1–3:8)<br> * Everyone has sinned (3:9–20)<br>4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)<br> * God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26)<br> * No one can boast in works (3:27–31)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 4](../03/04.md) and [10–18](../03/10.md) of this chapter, which are quotations from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>In [verses 1–9](../03/01.md) and [27–31](../03/27.md) Paul frequently uses rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to answer objections that Jews might make about what he is saying. You may need to indicate that Paul is asking these questions as if he were a non-Christian Jew responding to his arguments. When Paul asks the rhetorical questions, he is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. When Paul answers those questions, he is speaking as himself. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this change in speakers with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
385	ROM	3	1	v788			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 1–9](../03/01.md) Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions and answers in order to emphasize that both “Jews and Greeks” are “under sin.”
386	ROM	3	1	a1l0	grammar-connect-logic-result	τί οὖν	1		Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in [2:28–29](../02/28.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If these things are true, then what is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
387	ROM	3	1	dawv	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς?	1		This verse contains two rhetorical questions connected by **or**. Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to express the objections that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in [2:28–29](../02/28.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then the Jew certainly has no advantage, and circumcision certainly has no benefit!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
388	ROM	3	1	b7ls	figs-quotemarks	τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς	1		In this verse Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
389	ROM	3	1	bjfo	figs-abstractnouns	τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ τίς ἡ ὠφέλια τῆς περιτομῆς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **advantage** or **benefit**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “How then is being a Jew advantageous, or how is being circumcised beneficial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
390	ROM	3	1	h4h3	figs-possession	τοῦ Ἰουδαίου	1		Paul is using the possessive form **of the Jew** to describe for whom there is **the advantage**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “for the Jew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
391	ROM	3	1	l79f	figs-possession	τῆς περιτομῆς	1		Paul is using the possessive form **of the circumcision** to describe from where **the benefit** comes. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “that comes from circumcision” or “from being circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
392	ROM	3	2	eq3o	figs-explicit	πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον	1	It is great in every way	In this verse Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘Great in every way!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
393	ROM	3	2	rri9	figs-ellipsis	πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον	1	It is great in every way	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The advantage of the Jew and the benefit of the circumcision is great is every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
394	ROM	3	2	kzlh	figs-hyperbole	πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον	1		**Great in every way** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to emphasize the value of being Jewish and being circumcised. Paul does not mean that everything about being a Jew and being circumcised is beneficial. If your readers would misunderstand thus, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows enthusiasm. Alternate translation: “Great in many ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
395	ROM	3	2	f2fa	figs-explicit	πρῶτον μὲν…ὅτι	1		Here, **indeed first, that** could indicate that: (1) what follows is the first reason in a list of several reasons why being a Jew is beneficial, in which case Paul does not continue the list in this chapter. Alternate translation: “the first of many benefits is indeed that” or “one benefit is indeed that” (2) what follows is the most important reason why being a Jew is beneficial. Alternate translation: “the primary benefit is indeed that” or “the most important thing is indeed that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
396	ROM	3	2	mrej	figs-activepassive	ἐπιστεύθησαν τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God entrusted them with his sayings” or “God trusted them with the sayings of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
397	ROM	3	2	jkgk	figs-metonymy	τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **the sayings of God** could refer to: (1) the entire Old Testament. Alternate translation: “with what God said in the Scriptures” (2) direct speech from God in the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “with the messages that God announced to them in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
398	ROM	3	2	qide	figs-possession	τὰ λόγια τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, the possessive form **of God** could refer to: (1) **sayings** that came from **God**. Alternate translation: “with the sayings from God” (2) **says** that are about **God**. Alternate translation: “with the sayings about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
399	ROM	3	3	d9k3	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1		**For** here indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If these things are true, then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
400	ROM	3	3	mclv	figs-rquestion	τί…εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει?	1		In this verse Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to express the objections that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But some of them were unfaithful! Their unfaithfulness surely cannot nullify the faithfulness of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
401	ROM	3	3	fd0w	figs-quotemarks	τί γάρ εἰ ἠπίστησάν τινες? μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει?	1		In this verse Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
402	ROM	3	3	i36p	writing-pronouns	τινες	1		The pronoun **some** refers to some Jewish people. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “some Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
403	ROM	3	3	pkae	figs-abstractnouns	μὴ ἡ ἀπιστία αὐτῶν, τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ καταργήσει	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **unfaithfulness** or **faithfulness**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “The fact that they are unfaithful will not nullify God’s faithful acts, will it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
404	ROM	3	3	moq7	figs-possession	τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the faithfulness** that characterizes **God**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the faithfulness that characterizes God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
405	ROM	3	4	djn7	figs-explicit	μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	In this verse Paul responds to the rhetorical questions he wrote in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
406	ROM	3	4	z465	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	**May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong prohibition. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not” or “Certainly not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
407	ROM	3	4	kz4j	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	Instead, let be found	**Instead** here indicates that what follows is a contrast to the idea in the previous verse that unfaithful Jews could “nullify the faithfulness of God.” Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
408	ROM	3	4	ld9h	figs-imperative	γινέσθω…ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής	1	let God be found to be true	Here, **let God be true** is an imperative phrase, but this is not a command. Instead, Paul is exclaiming that people must consider that God is always truthful regardless of what people think. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “let people always know that God is true” or “may people always declare that God is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
409	ROM	3	4	nud9	figs-abstractnouns	πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης	1	even though every man is a liar	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **liar**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “every man lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
410	ROM	3	4	fesk	figs-ellipsis	πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης	1		Paul is leaving out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “let every man be a liar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
411	ROM	3	4	hfdf	figs-gendernotations	πᾶς…ἄνθρωπος	1		Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
412	ROM	3	4	te39	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	As it has been written	See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
413	ROM	3	4	b8gv	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	As it has been written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by David, a king of Israel. Alternate translation: “just as King David wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
414	ROM	3	4	f0oq	figs-quotemarks	ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε	1	As it has been written	This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 51:4](../../psa/51/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
415	ROM	3	4	xli0	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅπως	1		**So that** indicates that what follows is the result of what David had written previously in [Psalm 51:4](../../psa/51/04.md), which is about how David had sinned. Paul assumes that his readers would be familiar with the earlier part of that verse. If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have sinned so that” or “Because of my sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
416	ROM	3	4	h0ne	figs-you	ὅπως ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου, καὶ νικήσεις ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε	1		In this sentence, **you** and **your** refer to God and are singular. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
417	ROM	3	4	lnnr	figs-activepassive	δικαιωθῇς…ἐν τῷ κρίνεσθαί σε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people would acknowledge how righteous you are … when people attempt to judge you” or “you would prove yourself to be righteous … when others try to judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
418	ROM	3	4	tj8g	figs-metonymy	ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σου	1		Paul records David using **words** figuratively to describe the things that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in what you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
419	ROM	3	5	gw3a	grammar-connect-words-phrases	εἰ δὲ	1		**But** here indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verse. In this verse, Paul is speaking as if he were an unbelieving Jew and is challenging the statement that Paul made in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If indeed that is true” or “Now if” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
420	ROM	3	5	putf	figs-quotemarks	εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν?	1		In these sentences Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
421	ROM	3	5	hjyp	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ…ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν?	1		Paul is using a hypothetical situation to develop the argument that an unbelieving Jew would make. Alternate translation: “suppose our unrighteousness commends the righteousness of God. Then what will we say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
422	ROM	3	5	y6vv	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἐροῦμεν	1		Here, **our** and **we** are used exclusively to speak of Paul and other Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Jewish … will we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
423	ROM	3	5	y0r5	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind **unrighteousness** and **righteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “how unrighteous we are … how righteous God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
424	ROM	3	5	ho67	figs-rquestion	μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν?	1		In this sentence Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question here to express an objection that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. This sentence is also the answer to the hypothetical question that precedes it. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “God certainly cannot be unrighteousness for imposing his wrath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
425	ROM	3	5	v30z	figs-infostructure	εἰ…ἡ ἀδικία ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνίστησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν? μὴ ἄδικος ὁ Θεὸς, ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν ὀργήν?	1		If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the hypothetical conditional statement of the first sentence with the rhetorical question of the second sentence. Alternate translation: “if our unrighteousness commends the righteousness of God, then we certainly cannot say that God is unrighteousness for imposing his wrath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
426	ROM	3	5	e9ux	figs-metonymy	τὴν ὀργήν	1		Here Paul uses **wrath** figuratively to refer to the outcome of God’s **wrath**, which is judging and punishing people because they are unrighteous. See how you translated the same use of **wrath** in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
427	ROM	3	5	j631	figs-aside	(κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.)	1	I am using a human argument	Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to show that he is not trying to challenge **the righteousness of God**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “I am reasoning like a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
428	ROM	3	5	sd4g	figs-idiom	(κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω.)	1		Here, the phrase **according to men** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I speak based on how human beings perceive things” or “I speak according to mere human reasoning”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
429	ROM	3	6	gd5f	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	See how you translated this in [verse 4](../03/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
430	ROM	3	6	zg9s	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπεὶ πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον	1	For then how would God judge the world?	Here Paul is giving the reason why God is “not unrighteous for imposing his wrath,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for expressing the reason why someone does something. Alternate translation: “Because if God were unrighteous, how would he judge the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
431	ROM	3	6	x1y3	figs-rquestion	πῶς κρινεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον	1		In this clause Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question here to emphasize that **God** could not **judge the world** if he were unrighteous. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “God certainly could not judge the world!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
432	ROM	3	6	lnp3	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον	1	the world	Here Paul uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people who live in the **world**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
433	ROM	3	7	htfa			0	General Information:	In [verses 7–9](../03/07.md), Paul is speaking as if he were an unbelieving Jew and is challenging the statement Paul made in [verse 6](../03/06.md). A note will inform you of the one parenthetic statement within these verses in which Paul interjects his own voice into the argument.
434	ROM	3	7	b9k1	grammar-connect-words-phrases	εἰ δὲ	1	But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner?	**But** here indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous verse. In this verse, Paul is speaking as if he were an unbelieving Jew and is challenging the statement Paul made in the previous verse. See how you translated this in [verse 5](../03/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
435	ROM	3	7	c2u5	grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical	εἰ…ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι	1	But if the truth of God through my lie provides abundant praise for him, why am I still being judged as a sinner?	Paul is using a hypothetical situation to develop the argument an unbelieving Jew would make. Alternate translation: “suppose the truth of God through my life abounds to his glory. Then why am I still being judged as a sinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
436	ROM	3	7	xysz	figs-infostructure	εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But if the truth of God abounds to his glory through my lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
437	ROM	3	7	j9ji	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “how truthful God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
438	ROM	3	7	lbji	figs-possession	ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the truth** that characterizes **God**. Use a natural way in your language to communicate this idea. Alternate translation: “God’s truthfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
439	ROM	3	7	fa7j	figs-exclusive	ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι…κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς	1		Here Paul uses the pronoun **my** and **I** to refer to a Jewish person who might give this hypothetical response. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternative translation: “when we Jews act falsely … are we … as sinners” or “when we Jews lie … are we … as sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
440	ROM	3	7	o3po	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ ψεύσματι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lie**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “when I act falsely” or “when I lie” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
441	ROM	3	7	je41	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **to** indicates that this is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “with the result that he is glorified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
442	ROM	3	7	h61j	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “to demonstrate how glorious he is” or “to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
443	ROM	3	7	yv5j	figs-rquestion	τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι	1		In this clause Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question to express an objection that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse, which was also repeated in the previous clause. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “surely I should not still be judged as a sinner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
444	ROM	3	7	iiqc	figs-activepassive	ἔτι κἀγὼ…κρίνομαι	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that “God” does it. Alternate translation: “does God still judge me” or “should God still keep on judging me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
445	ROM	3	7	pgus	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτωλὸς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sinner**, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “someone who sins” or “as if I were sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
446	ROM	3	8	vw1x	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	as we are falsely reported to say	**And** here indicates that in this verse Paul continues speaking as if he were an unbelieving Jew and is challenging the statement he made in [verse 6](../03/06.md). If it would help your readers, you could state this with a fuller expression. Alternate translation: “Furthermore” or “In addition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
447	ROM	3	8	kb9d	figs-infostructure	καὶ μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά?	1	as we are falsely reported to say	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “And not, ‘Let us do evil, so that good may come,’ just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm we say?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
448	ROM	3	8	wr3g	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μὴ	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And why not say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
449	ROM	3	8	pr4u	figs-rquestion	μὴ…ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ, ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθά	1		In this sentence Paul is not asking for information, but is using an elided question here to emphasize that God could not judge the world if he were unrighteous. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should say … ‘Let us do the evil things, so that the good things may come!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
450	ROM	3	8	o3pz	figs-aside	καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν	1		Paul is saying this as an aside in order to show that people have been falsely accusing him of teaching that people should sin in order to show how good God is. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “Some people blaspheme us and affirm that we are saying such things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
451	ROM	3	8	veic	figs-exclusive	βλασφημούμεθα…ἡμᾶς	1		When Paul says **we** and **us**, he could be (1) speaking only of himself in a formal manner. Alternate translation: “I am blasphemed … me” (2) speaking of himself and all other Christians. Alternate translation: “we Christians are blasphemed … us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
452	ROM	3	8	klaa	figs-activepassive	βλασφημούμεθα	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people blaspheme us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
453	ROM	3	8	vbpa	figs-quotations	μὴ καθὼς βλασφημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, ὅτι ποιήσωμεν τὰ κακὰ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “not say (just as we are blasphemed and just as some affirm us to say) that we should do the evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
454	ROM	3	8	pe2c	figs-aside	ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν	1		Paul is saying this as an aside in order to show that the people who have been falsely accusing him of teaching people to “do the evil things, so that the good things may come” deserve to be judged by God. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
455	ROM	3	8	re0k	writing-pronouns	ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν	1		The pronoun **whose** here refers to the people who slander Paul by claiming that he teaches people to “do the evil things, so that the good things may come.” If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the judgment of those who say this is just” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
456	ROM	3	8	g87e	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν τὸ κρίμα ἔνδικόν ἐστιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who are justly judged” or “whom God justly judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
457	ROM	3	9	z3wu	grammar-connect-logic-result	τί οὖν? προεχόμεθα?	1		Here Paul concludes his series of rhetorical questions by using the same phrase **What then**. See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
458	ROM	3	9	y6uz	figs-rquestion	προεχόμεθα?	1		Paul is using the question form to express the objection that a Jew might have to what Paul has said previously. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely we are not better off!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
459	ROM	3	9	ajj8	figs-exclusive	προεχόμεθα	1		Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and his fellow Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Are we Jews better off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
460	ROM	3	9	g85q	figs-exclamations	οὐ πάντως	1	Not at all	**Not at all** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong negative response to the previous statement. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this idea. Alternate translation: “Absolutely not!” or “In no way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
461	ROM	3	9	cbgq	figs-ellipsis	οὐ πάντως	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “We are not better off at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
462	ROM	3	9	a01e	grammar-connect-logic-result	προῃτιασάμεθα γὰρ	1	Not at all	**For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous statement is true. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “We are not better off because we have already accused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
463	ROM	3	9	qvjy	figs-exclusive	προῃτιασάμεθα	1	Not at all	Here, **we** could mean: (1) Paul is speaking only of himself in a formal manner. Alternate translation: “I have already accused” (2) Paul is speaking of himself and other Christians. Alternate translation: “we Christians have already accused” See how you translated **we** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
464	ROM	3	9	hgs3	figs-explicit	Ἕλληνας	1	Not at all	Here, **Greeks** refers to non-Jewish people in general. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “non-Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
465	ROM	3	9	x4eb	figs-idiom	ὑφ’ ἁμαρτίαν	1		The phrase **under sin** is an idiom that means “under the power of sin” or “controlled by one’s desire to sin.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “controlled by sin” or “ruled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
466	ROM	3	10	m5r6	figs-litany		0	General Information:	In verses [10–18](../03/10.md) Paul uses Old Testament quotations as a repetitive series of sentences in order to show how evil all types of people are. In [verses 10–12](../03/10.md) he emphasizes the general nature of their evil conduct by repeating the word **none** four times, and the phrase **not even one** twice. In [verses 13–18](../03/13.md) he uses specific examples of their evil conduct. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of the accusations against humanity. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
467	ROM	3	10	u88n	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	This is as it is written	See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
468	ROM	3	10	zkzr	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	This is as it is written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
469	ROM	3	10	ju1k	figs-quotemarks	οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς	1	This is as it is written	This sentence is Paul’s paraphrase of [Psalm 14:3](../../psa/14/03.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
470	ROM	3	10	yt5d	figs-parallelism	οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not** even one type of person is **righteous**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There is not even one type of person who is righteous” or “Absolutely no one who is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
471	ROM	3	10	bscu	figs-nominaladj	οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ εἷς	1		Paul is using the singular adjectives **none righteous** and **one** as nouns in order to describe all people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no righteous people, not any people” or “There is no righteous person, not even one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
472	ROM	3	11	b0m7	figs-quotemarks	οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων; οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν	1		This sentence is Paul’s paraphrase of [Psalm 14:2](../../psa/14/02.md) and [Psalm 53:3](../../psa/53/03.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
473	ROM	3	11	kqs5	figs-nominaladj	οὐκ ἔστιν…οὐκ ἔστιν	1		Paul is using the adjectives **none** as nouns in order to describe all people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these adjectives with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “There are no people … There are no people” or “There is no person … There is no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
474	ROM	3	11	h9e9	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ συνίων	1	There is no one who understands	Here, **who understands** refers to someone who is able to think wisely or correctly. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is none who is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
475	ROM	3	11	mn84	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἐκζητῶν τὸν Θεόν	1		Her, Paul quotes David using**seeks** figuratively to describe people attempting to know God as if God were lost and people needed to find him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who attempts to know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
476	ROM	3	12	lg0i	figs-quotemarks	πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν; οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός	1	They have all turned away	This sentence is quotation of [Psalm 14:3](../../psa/14/03.md) and [Psalm 53:4](../../psa/53/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
477	ROM	3	12	cen3	figs-metaphor	ἐξέκλιναν	1	They have all turned away	Paul quotes David using **turned away** figuratively to describe these people as if they had left a path that leads to where God is. David means that they refuse to live according to God’s rules. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “refuse to live the way God requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
478	ROM	3	12	a72h	figs-explicit	ἅμα ἠχρεώθησαν	1	They have all turned away	Here, **useless** implies that these sinful people are so sinful that they do not benefit God or humankind. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “They together became worthless for benefitting anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
479	ROM	3	12	na87	figs-parallelism	οὐκ ἔστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **not even one** type of person can continually do **kindness**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “There is not even one type of person who does kindness” or “Absolutely no one who is doing kindness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
480	ROM	3	12	v9ed	figs-nominaladj	οὐκ…ἑνός	1		See how you translated **none** and **one** in [verse 10](../03/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
481	ROM	3	12	b3g1	figs-abstractnouns	χρηστότητα	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **kindness**, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “what is kind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
482	ROM	3	13	xr4g	figs-quotemarks	τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν; ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν	1		These two sentences are a quotation from [Psalm 5:10](../../psa/05/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
483	ROM	3	13	c7rh	figs-parallelism	τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν; ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν; ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν	1		These three sentences mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing three times, in slightly different ways, to show how harmful the words are that these people say. If saying the same thing three times might confuse your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “The things they say are deadly, deceptive, and damaging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
484	ROM	3	13	nmrs	figs-genericnoun	ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν	1		Paul quotes David speaking of these people’s throats in general, not of one particular **throat**. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “throats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
485	ROM	3	13	sx6y	figs-metonymy	ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν	1		Here Paul quotes David using **throat** figuratively to describe something people would say by using their throats to say it. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
486	ROM	3	13	bbq5	figs-metaphor	τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ λάρυγξ αὐτῶν	1	Their throat is an open grave	Paul quotes David using **opened grave** figuratively to describe these people’s **throat** as if it were a deep hole containing rotting corpses. He means that the things these people say are morally corrupt and offend God. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Their throats express moral corruption” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
487	ROM	3	13	pemg	figs-metonymy	ταῖς γλώσσαις αὐτῶν	1		Here Paul quotes David using **tongues** figuratively to describe something people would say to deceive someone by using their tongues to say it. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
488	ROM	3	13	d82g	figs-quotemarks	ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 140:3](../../psa/140/03.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
489	ROM	3	13	b4bp	figs-possession	ἰὸς ἀσπίδων	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **poison** that comes from **asps**, which are venomous snakes. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Asp’s poison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
490	ROM	3	13	qk16	figs-metaphor	ἰὸς ἀσπίδων	1	The poison of snakes is under their lips	Paul quotes David using **poison of asps** figuratively to refer to what people say as if what they say contained **poison**. He means that the things they say harm people like deadly venom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “What hurts people like a poisonous snake bite” or “Speech that hurts people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
491	ROM	3	13	u40o	figs-metonymy	ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν	1	The poison of snakes is under their lips	Here Paul quotes David using **lips** figuratively to describe something people would say to harm someone by using their **lips** to say it. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
492	ROM	3	14	ucnr	figs-quotemarks	ὧν τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 10:7](../../psa/10/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
493	ROM	3	14	ujjd	figs-genericnoun	τὸ στόμα	1		Paul quotes David speaking of these people’s mouths in general, not of one particular **mouth**. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “mouths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
494	ROM	3	14	sqr5	figs-metonymy	ὧν τὸ στόμα	1	Their mouths are full of cursing and bitterness	Here Paul quotes David using **mouth** figuratively to describe people speaking curses and bitter things by using their **mouth** to say them. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what they say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
495	ROM	3	14	j0sg	figs-metaphor	ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει	1		Paul quotes David using **cursing and bitterness** figuratively as if these concepts were thins with which people could fill or load their **mouth**. He means that these people habitually curse and say bitter things against others. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “habitually curses and says bitter things against others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
496	ROM	3	15	e67d	figs-quotemarks		0	General Information:	Verses 15–17 are Paul’s paraphrase of [Isaiah 59:7–8](../isa/59/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
497	ROM	3	15	vds1	figs-synecdoche	οἱ πόδες αὐτῶν	1	Their feet are swift to pour out blood	Paul quotes Isaiah using **feet**, a part of the human body, to refer to the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “These people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
498	ROM	3	15	quph	figs-metaphor	ἐκχέαι αἷμα	1		Paul quotes Isaiah using **pour out blood** figuratively to refer to violently murdering people, which usually causes blood to come out of the people who are murdered. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “to murder others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
499	ROM	3	16	bc96	figs-abstractnouns	σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **Destruction** and **suffering**, you could express the same ideas with other expressions. Alternate translation: “They demolish lives and make people suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
500	ROM	3	16	rrgr	figs-idiom	ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν	1		Here, **ways** is an idiom meaning “wherever they go” or “how they behave.” It refers to a person’s daily life. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “characterize how they behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
501	ROM	3	17	zbrd	figs-idiom	ὁδὸν	1		See how you translated “ways” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
502	ROM	3	17	jb6b	figs-possession	ὁδὸν εἰρήνης	1	a way of peace	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a way** that is characterized by **peace**. He means that these people do not understand how to live peacefully. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a peaceful way” or “a peaceful way to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
503	ROM	3	18	wr0x	figs-quotemarks	οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 36:1](../../psa/36/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
504	ROM	3	18	bx27	figs-abstractnouns	οὐκ ἔστιν φόβος Θεοῦ	1	There is no fear of God before their eyes	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fear**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “They are not afraid of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
505	ROM	3	18	frt1	figs-possession	φόβος Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **fear** that people should feel toward for **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “fear for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
506	ROM	3	18	m89o	figs-idiom	ἀπέναντι τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν	1		Here,**before their eyes** is an idiom that refers to thinking about something. Paul means that these people do not think at all about how terrifying God is. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
507	ROM	3	19	lrdp	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		**Now** here indicates that what follows summarizes Paul’s teachings about **the law** and “the righteousness of God” in [verses 1–9](../03/01.md). If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
508	ROM	3	19	gc8t	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1		Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and other Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jews know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
509	ROM	3	19	e8h2	figs-personification	ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει…λαλεῖ	1	whatever the law says, it speaks	Here Paul speaks of **the law** figuratively as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as many things as God says in the law, he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
510	ROM	3	19	n399	figs-metonymy	ὁ νόμος…τῷ νόμῳ	1	the ones who are under the law	Here Paul uses **the law** figuratively to refer to the entire Old Testament, which includes the law. Here he is not referring to only the Law of Moses, as he did earlier in the chapter. We know this because in [verses 10–18](../03/10.md) Paul quoted verses from parts of the Old Testament that are not in the Law of Moses. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures … the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
511	ROM	3	19	b0g5	figs-explicit	τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ	1		Paul uses **those with the law** to refer to the Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:12](../02/12.md). Alternative translation: “to Jews” or “to those who know the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
512	ROM	3	19	end8	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for what **the law says**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
513	ROM	3	19	cy5r	figs-idiom	πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ	1		Here, **every mouth may be shut** is an idiom that means “no one can say anything to excuse themselves.” Paul means that no one can defend themselves before God because everyone has sinned. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no human beings can excuse themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
514	ROM	3	19	js71	figs-activepassive	φραγῇ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may stop talking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
515	ROM	3	19	w12y	figs-synecdoche	πᾶς ὁ κόσμος	1	the whole world held accountable to God	Paul uses**all the world** figuratively to refer to **all** the people living in **the world**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
516	ROM	3	19	wwq3	figs-explicit	ὑπόδικος γένηται…τῷ Θεῷ	1		The phrase **may become accountable to God** means that God will judge everyone at the final judgment according to how they lived their lives. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God would judge all the people in the world as guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
517	ROM	3	20	ezbo	grammar-connect-logic-result	διότι	1		Here. **because** introduces a reason clause. Paul is stating the reason why all humanity is “accountable to God,” as stated in the previous verse. Use natural way in your language to indicate a reason clause. You may need to begin a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” or “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
518	ROM	3	20	vzot	figs-activepassive	οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σὰρξ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Paul implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “God will not justify any flesh” or “God will not make any flesh righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
519	ROM	3	20	xs9x	figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ	1	flesh	Paul uses **flesh** figuratively to refer to a human being, who is made of flesh. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
520	ROM	3	20	d6vi	figs-personification	ἐξ ἔργων νόμου…διὰ…νόμου ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας	1		In this verse Paul speaks of **the law** figuratively as if it were a person who could justify someone or give them **full awareness**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires in his law … God gives full awareness of sin through his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
521	ROM	3	20	w5qb	figs-possession	ἐξ ἔργων νόμου	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [2:15](../02/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
522	ROM	3	20	i7zi	grammar-collectivenouns	νόμου…νόμου	1		In this verse **law** is a singular noun that refers to a group of laws that God gave Israel through Moses. It does not refer to the entire Old Testament, as in the previous verse. See how you translated this use of **law** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
523	ROM	3	20	llh9	figs-idiom	ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **before him** is an idiom meaning “in his presence” or “from his perspective.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in his presence” or “before his judgment seat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
524	ROM	3	20	xgpp	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **full awareness** and **sin**, you could express the same ideas in different way. Alternate translation: “fully aware of being sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
525	ROM	3	20	aety	figs-possession	ἐπίγνωσις ἁμαρτίας	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **full awareness** about the **sin** a person has committed. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “full knowledge about sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
526	ROM	3	20	jdw9	figs-explicit	διὰ…νόμου	1		Here, **through law** indicates the means by which a person becomes fully aware of sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
527	ROM	3	21	fqz4	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	νυνὶ δὲ	1		**But now** here indicates that what follows is in contrast to Paul’s discussion about **the law** in [2:1–3:20](../02/01.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Yet now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
528	ROM	3	21	y3te	figs-infostructure	νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόμου, δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται	1	now	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “But now, the righteousness of God has been made known apart from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
529	ROM	3	21	e5ky	figs-explicit	νόμου…τοῦ νόμου	1	now	While the first occurrence of **the law** in this verse refers to the laws that God gave the Jews through Moses, the second occurrence refers to the first five books in the Old Testament that were written by Moses. The ULT shows this different by using **the law** and **the Law** respectively. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the laws God gave Israel … the part of Scripture that Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
530	ROM	3	21	nlj0	figs-possession	χωρὶς νόμου	1		Here, **apart from the law** could mean: (1) **apart from** doing what **the law** requires. Alternate translation: “without having to do what the law requires” (2) outside of what **the law** says. Alternate translation: “not related to what the law says” or “differently than what the law says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
531	ROM	3	21	e4qe	figs-activepassive	δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ πεφανέρωται	1	apart from the law the righteousness of God has been made known	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has made his righteousness visible” or “God has revealed his righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
532	ROM	3	21	qkis	figs-possession	δικαιοσύνη Θεοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
533	ROM	3	21	gvca	figs-activepassive	μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Law and the Prophets bearing witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
534	ROM	3	21	tnf8	figs-personification	μαρτυρουμένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1	It was witnessed by the Law and the Prophets	Here Paul uses **the Law and the Prophets** figuratively as if they were people who could witness or testify in a courtroom. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God says in the Law and the Prophets is a written testimony to this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
535	ROM	3	21	bgyx	figs-synecdoche	ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν	1		Paul is using the name of two parts of the Hebrew Scriptures, **the Law and the Prophets**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
536	ROM	3	22	pec5	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		Here, **but** indicates that what follows explains how a person receives “the righteousness of God”. It does not indicate a contrast. Alternate translation: “namely,” or “even” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
537	ROM	3	22	cvhy	figs-possession	δικαιοσύνη…Θεοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
538	ROM	3	22	q4m1	figs-possession	διὰ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here, **faith in Jesus Christ** is a possessive form that indicates **faith** that is associated with **Jesus Christ**. This could refer to: (1) trust in Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “by trusting in Jesus Christ” or “by believing in Jesus Christ” (2) the faithfulness of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “through the faithfulness that Jesus Christ possesses” or “through how faithful Jesus Christ is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
539	ROM	3	22	c4mg	figs-ellipsis	τοὺς πιστεύοντας	1		Paul is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “those who believe in him” or “those who believe in Jesus for salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
540	ROM	3	22	o6qe	grammar-connect-logic-result	γάρ	1		Here, **for** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why **the righteousness of God** is **for all those who believe**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
541	ROM	3	22	daa3	figs-abstractnouns	οὐ…ἐστιν διαστολή	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **distinction**, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “God does not discriminate” or “God is not partial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
542	ROM	3	23	x1hu	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why “there is no distinction,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
543	ROM	3	23	akn9	figs-nominaladj	πάντες	1		Here Paul uses the adjective **all** as a noun that refers to **all** the people who have existed or will exist. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
544	ROM	3	23	jbe9	figs-metaphor	ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **all** people as if they were something that fails to reach its destination. He means that they lack or do not attain **the glory of God**. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “lack the glory of God” or “fail to attain the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
545	ROM	3	23	vwsf	figs-possession	τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here the possessive form **the glory of God** could refer to: (1) the glory that God shared with humans when he created them, but which they lost when the first humans sinned. Alternate translation: “the glory God once gave them” or “the glory from God” (2) glorifying God, as in the similar phrase “the glory of the imperishable God” in [1:23](../01/23.md). Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
546	ROM	3	24	ibi2	figs-personification	δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι	1		Here, **grace** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could **justify** someone. Paul means that God graciously makes people righteous as a gift. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and are gifted with becoming righteous because God is gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
547	ROM	3	24	evs8	figs-explicit	δικαιούμενοι δωρεὰν	1		Paul assumes that his readers know that those who are **being justified freely** are “all” those who “have sinned” in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all people are being freely justified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
548	ROM	3	24	jgcu		δωρεὰν	1		Alternate translation: “as a gift” or “without payment”
549	ROM	3	24	atij	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **redemption**, you could express the same ideas with different forms. Alternate translation: “by God being gracious through redeeming them in Christ Jesus” or “due to how kind God is, because Christ Jesus redeemed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
550	ROM	3	24	hyeb	figs-explicit	ἀπολυτρώσεως	1		The word translated as **redemption** refers to rescuing someone from captivity by paying a ransom. Your language may require you to indicate what the people are redeemed from. This could mean: (1) Jesus redeems people from eternal punishment. Alternative translation: “redemption from eternal punishment” (2) Jesus redeems people from being enslaved to sin. Alternative translation: “redemption from enslavement to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
551	ROM	3	24	lno6	figs-metaphor	τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, Paul speaks figuratively of **redemption** as if it were an object that could be inside Jesus. Paul means that God redeemed all people who believe in Jesus by uniting them to **Christ Jesus**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that comes through union with Christ Jesus” or “that is through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
552	ROM	3	25	ci0v	figs-metaphor	ὃν προέθετο ὁ Θεὸς ἱλαστήριον	1		Here Paul uses **presented** figuratively as if Jesus were an Old Testament atonement sacrifice that was **presented** to God in the temple. He means that Jesus’ death was a sacrifice for the sins of humankind. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “whom God offered to atone for the sins of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
553	ROM	3	25	t2d8	figs-abstractnouns	ἱλαστήριον, διὰ πίστεως…εἰς ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **propitiation**, **faith**, **demonstration**, or **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with different forms. Alternate translation: “to atone for people’s sins by trusting … to demonstrate how he makes people righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
554	ROM	3	25	m159	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αὐτοῦ αἵματι	1	in his blood	Here Paul uses **his blood** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in Christ’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
555	ROM	3	25	ieq9	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ἔνδειξιν	1	disregard	Here, **for** indicates that the phrase that follows is the purpose for which God **presented** Jesus as **a propitiation**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to demonstrate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
556	ROM	3	25	ze9m	figs-possession	τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ	1		See how you translated “the righteousness of God” in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
557	ROM	3	25	siri	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **overlooking**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “because he overlooked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
558	ROM	3	25	ydoj	figs-abstractnouns	τῶν προγεγονότων ἁμαρτημάτων	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin**, you could express the same idea in a different way. Alternate translation: “how they had sinned previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
559	ROM	3	26	b2f6	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐν	1		Here, **in** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason for God “overlooking of the sins that happened previously,” as stated in the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something is true. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
560	ROM	3	26	lm1r	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This all happened for the demonstration of his righteousness at this present time	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **forbearance**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “because God is so forbearing” or “since God forbears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
561	ROM	3	26	cg55	figs-possession	ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	so that he could be just, and justify the one who has faith in Jesus	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **God** who is characterized by **forbearance**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in God’s forbearance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
562	ROM	3	26	b1xa	figs-possession	πρὸς τὴν ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
563	ROM	3	26	v1c9		ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ	1		Alternate translation: “at this time in history” or “currently”
564	ROM	3	26	jjwq	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν	1		Here, **so that** indicates that what follows is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God now demonstrates **his righteousness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that he would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
565	ROM	3	26	x6cf	figs-genericnoun	τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ	1		Paul is speaking of all people who have **faith in Jesus**, not one particular person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “anyone who is from faith in Jesus” or “every person who trusts in Jesus”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
566	ROM	3	26	qdkw	figs-possession	τὸν ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ	1		Here Paul is using the possessive form to describe a person who is characterized by **faith in Jesus**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who is characterized by faith in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
567	ROM	3	26	ab0w	figs-possession	πίστεως Ἰησοῦ	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 22](../03/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
568	ROM	3	27	emwi			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 27–31](../03/27.md) Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions and answers in order to emphasize that God alone makes people righteous through faith in Jesus. Like in [verses 1–9](../03/01.md), Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew when he asks the rhetorical questions, but he is speaking as himself when he answers those questions.
569	ROM	3	27	e0wc	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in [verses 21–26](../03/21.md). If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If it is God who makes people righteous through faith in Jesus, then where is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
570	ROM	3	27	fjm4	figs-rquestion	ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις?	1	Where then is boasting? It is excluded	Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question here to express an objection that a Jew might have to what Paul said in [verses 21–26](../03/21.md). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There then is no grounds for boasting!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
571	ROM	3	27	mvs0	figs-metaphor	ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively of **boasting** as if it were an object that could be in a location. He means that no one can boast because only God makes people righteous. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “Then can anyone boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
572	ROM	3	27	pub7	figs-abstractnouns	ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **boasting**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “Who then can boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
573	ROM	3	27	px29	figs-explicit	ἐξεκλείσθη	1		In this sentence Paul responds to the rhetorical question in the previous sentence. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘It is excluded!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
574	ROM	3	27	eufl	figs-activepassive	ἐξεκλείσθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has excluded it” or “God does not allow it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
575	ROM	3	27	v3ut	figs-ellipsis	διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων?…διὰ νόμου πίστεως	1	On what grounds? Of works? No, but on the grounds of faith	Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Through what kind of law is a person made righteous? Is a person made righteous through the works of the law? … a person made righteous through a law of faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
576	ROM	3	27	dpny	figs-rquestion	διὰ ποίου νόμου? τῶν ἔργων?	1		In these two sentences Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to express the objections that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous sentence and in [verses 21–26](../03/21.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely through a kind of law! Surely through the works!” or “Surely a person is made righteous through a kind of law! Surely a person is made righteous through works!”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
577	ROM	3	27	bgyy	figs-possession	τῶν ἔργων?	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that is characterized by **works**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Through a law characterized by works?” or “By doing what the law requires?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
578	ROM	3	27	h9wb	figs-explicit	οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόμου πίστεως	1		In this sentence Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous two sentences. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘No! But through a law of faith.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
579	ROM	3	27	tg79	figs-exclamations	οὐχί	1		**No!** is an exclamation that communicates a strong contrast to the previous statement. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Not at all!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
580	ROM	3	27	ynz1	figs-possession	διὰ νόμου πίστεως	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that is characterized by **faith**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “through a law characterized by faith” or “by doing what faith requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
581	ROM	3	27	mlcq	figs-abstractnouns	πίστεως	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “of trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
582	ROM	3	28	qe9p	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that what follows explains what “the law of faith” means in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
583	ROM	3	28	jtqq	figs-exclusive	λογιζόμεθα	1		Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of Paul and other Christian Jews, as indicated in [verse 9](../03/09.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we believing Jews consider” or “we believing Jews regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
584	ROM	3	28	t8um	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1	a person is justified by faith	Although the term **man** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in the generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “humankind” or “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
585	ROM	3	28	ph88	figs-activepassive	δικαιοῦσθαι…ἄνθρωπον	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “that God justifies a man” or “that God makes a man righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
586	ROM	3	28	jb14	figs-abstractnouns	πίστει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “by believing in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
587	ROM	3	28	s747	figs-possession	χωρὶς ἔργων νόμου	1	without works of the law	See how you translated “apart from the law” in [verse 21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
588	ROM	3	28	ycx2	figs-possession	ἔργων νόμου	1	without works of the law	Paul is using the possessive form to refer to **the works** that God requires in **the law**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that the law requires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
589	ROM	3	29	hdbq	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἢ	1		**Or** here indicates that the next two sentences are the responses that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Or you Jews might say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
590	ROM	3	29	ineu	figs-ellipsis	οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν? ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that these sentences would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Is he not also God of Gentiles? Yes, he is also God of Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
591	ROM	3	29	m8eo	figs-explicit	ἐθνῶν…ἐθνῶν	1		See how you translated this word in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
592	ROM	3	29	ch7p	figs-rquestion	Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς μόνον? οὐχὶ καὶ ἐθνῶν?	1		Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to express the responses that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “God is surely not only the God of Jews! He is surely also the God of Gentiles!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
593	ROM	3	29	rq5m	figs-explicit	ναὶ, καὶ ἐθνῶν	1		In this sentence Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous two sentences. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘Yes, also of Gentiles’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
594	ROM	3	29	gp74	figs-exclamations	ναὶ	1		**Yes** is an exclamation word that communicates enthusiasm. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating enthusiasm. Alternate translation (change the period to an exclamation point): “Of course!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
595	ROM	3	30	vur7	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἴπερ	1		Paul uses **if** as if the rest of the verse were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Paul is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we know” or “Because it is true that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
596	ROM	3	30	qdiu	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἴπερ	1		This phrase introduces the reason why Paul could say in the previous verse that God is also the God of the Gentiles. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a reason clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “since, indeed” or “we know this is true because, indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
597	ROM	3	30	ux30	figs-metaphor	εἷς ὁ Θεός	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **God** as if he were a number. He means that **God** is the **one** and only true **God** for both Jews and Gentiles. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “there is only one God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
598	ROM	3	30	rjxp	figs-distinguish	ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως	1		This phrase gives us further information about **who** **God** is. It is not making a distinction between the one true **God** and false gods. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through the same faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
599	ROM	3	30	kw62	grammar-collectivenouns	περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν	1	he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith	The words **circumcision** and **uncircumcision** are singular nouns that refers to groups of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the circumcised people … the uncircumcised people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
600	ROM	3	30	gk5d	figs-metonymy	περιτομὴν…ἀκροβυστίαν	1	he will justify the circumcision by faith, and the uncircumcision through faith	Here Paul uses **the circumcision** figuratively to refer to the Jews by associating them with **circumcision**, and he uses **the uncircumcision** figuratively to refer to the Gentiles by associating them with **uncircumcision**. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people … the non-Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
601	ROM	3	30	s9i4	figs-possession	ἐκ πίστεως…διὰ τῆς πίστεως	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 26](../03/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
602	ROM	3	31	vj40	grammar-connect-words-phrases	νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν	1	we uphold	Here, **then** indicates that this sentence is the responses that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then you Jews might say, ‘Do we nullify the law’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
603	ROM	3	31	y6qx	figs-rquestion	νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως	1	we uphold the law	Paul is not asking for information, but is using this question to express the response that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous verse. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we surely nullify the law through the same faith!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
604	ROM	3	31	nzr7	figs-exclusive	οὖν καταργοῦμεν	1	we uphold	Here, **we** is used exclusively to speak of the unbelieving Jews whom Paul is speaking on behalf of. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “Do we Jews then nullify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
605	ROM	3	31	cw0k	figs-explicit	νόμον οὖν καταργοῦμεν	1		Here, **nullify the law** means to make **the law** useless or no longer applicable to anyone. Paul is stating that the Jews might worry that he is teaching that the Law of Moses does not have any function at all because God makes people righteous by faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do we make the law useless” or “Do we throw away the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
606	ROM	3	31	aj6s	figs-possession	διὰ τῆς πίστεως	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
607	ROM	3	31	pjgc	figs-explicit	μὴ γένοιτο! ἀλλὰ νόμον ἱστάνομεν	1		In these two sentences Paul responds to the rhetorical questions in the previous sentence. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘May it never be! Instead, we establish the law’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
608	ROM	3	31	rhy5	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 6](../03/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
609	ROM	3	31	ppvo	figs-exclusive	νόμον ἱστάνομεν	1		Here, **we** is used exclusively to refer to Paul and other Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Christians uphold the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
610	ROM	3	31	c295	figs-metaphor	νόμον ἱστάνομεν	1		Paul uses **uphold** figuratively to refer to **the law** as if it were an object that people could hold up high. The meaning of **uphold** here is the opposite meaning of **nullify** earlier in the verse. It could mean: (1) Christians fulfill the requirements of the law by trusting in Jesus, who fulfilled the law for them. Alternate translation: “we fulfill the law by faith” (2) Christians value **the law** and affirm that it is useful. Alternative translation: “we confirm that the law is useful” or “we affirm that the law has value”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
611	ROM	4	intro	f9jc			0		# Romans 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)<br> * God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26)<br> * No one can boast in works (3:27–31)<br> * The examples of Abraham and David (4:1–25)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with [verses 7–8](../04/07.md) of this chapter, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The purpose of the law of Moses<br><br>In this chapter Paul continues to develop his argument based on what he wrote in the previous chapter. He explains how God made Abraham, the ancestor of all Jews, righteous a long time before God gave the Jews the Law of Moses. Even Abraham could not become righteous by what he did. Rather, God made Abraham righteous on the basis of Abraham’s faith. Obeying the law of Moses does not make a person righteous. People have always become righteous only by faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>Circumcision was important to the Israelites. It identified a person as a descendant of Abraham. It was also a sign of the covenant between Abraham and Yahweh. However, being circumcised never made anyone righteous. In this chapter Paul uses “circumcision” to refer to Jews and “uncircumcision” to refer to non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>In [verses 1](../04/01.md), [3](../04/03.md), and [9–10](../04/09.md) Paul continues using rhetorical questions like he did in the previous chapter. He does this in order to answer objections that Jews might make about what he is saying.
612	ROM	4	1	q7wc			0	Connecting Statement:	[Verses 1–12](../04/01.md) are a series of rhetorical questions and answers that Paul uses to emphasize that even **Abraham**, the ancestor of the Jewish people, was made righteous by God “through faith.”
613	ROM	4	1	gxv3	grammar-connect-logic-result	τί οὖν	1		Here, **then** indicates that what follows is a response to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in [3:27–31](../03/27.md). See how you translated **What then** in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
614	ROM	4	1	gw29	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα?	1		In this verse Paul is not asking for information, but is using a question to express the objections that a Jew might have to what Paul said in the previous chapter, especially what he said in [3:27–31](../03/27.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then we will say that Abraham, our forefather according to the flesh, has surely discovered something!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
615	ROM	4	1	rhrp	figs-quotemarks	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν, εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα?	1		In this verse and the first part of the next verse, Paul is speaking as if he were a non-Christian Jew arguing against Paul. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
616	ROM	4	1	s4b5	figs-exclusive	ἐροῦμεν	1		In [verses 1–9](../04/01.md) Paul uses **we** exclusively to speak of himself and other Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “will we Jews say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
617	ROM	4	1	ot88	figs-infostructure	εὑρηκέναι Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “that Abraham has discovered, who is our forefather according to the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
618	ROM	4	1	fk5t	figs-idiom	κατὰ σάρκα	1		See how you translated **according to the flesh** in [1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
619	ROM	4	2	pmua	figs-quotemarks	εἰ γὰρ Ἀβραὰμ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἔχει καύχημα	1		These clauses continue the the statements that a Jew might have to against Paul that began in the previous verse. You may need to indicate this with a closing quotation mark at the end of these clauses or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
620	ROM	4	2	ka9b	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that what follows is a the reason for the statement in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This must be the case because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
621	ROM	4	2	oe12	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ…Ἀβραὰμ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἔχει καύχημα	1		Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that the unbelieving Jew might think that this is actually true. In Paul’s time some Jewish teachers taught that Abraham had a right to boast because of his faith. However, since translating this as if it were true might confuse your readers, it is best to use a hypothetical sentence, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
622	ROM	4	2	wvmh	figs-activepassive	Ἀβραὰμ…ἐδικαιώθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God justified Abraham” or “God made Abraham right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
623	ROM	4	2	sibe	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἔργων	1		Paul assumes that his readers would understand that **works**means “works of the law” as in [3:28](../03/28.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by doing what God requires from his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
624	ROM	4	2	mefy	figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν	1		In this clause Paul begins to respond to the rhetorical questions he wrote in the previous clauses and previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would respond by saying, ‘But not before God!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
625	ROM	4	2	me3d	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’ οὐ πρὸς Θεόν.	1		What follows the word **but** here is an emphatic contrast to what was just stated. Paul is negating the argument that he presented earlier in this verse and in the previous verse. You could make this emphasis explicit by replacing the period with an exclamation point or another natural way in your language for introducing am emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but certainly not before God!” or “however not from God’s perspective!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
626	ROM	4	2	z9wx	figs-metaphor	πρὸς Θεόν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **Abraham** as if he were located in the presence of **God**. He means that Abraham could not **boast** to God about his **righteousness** if it was **righteous by works**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “from God’s perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
627	ROM	4	3	w9i5	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For what does the scripture say	**For** here indicates that what follows in this verse is the reason why Paul said in the previous verse that Abraham cannot boast “before God.” Use a natural way in your language to introduce a reason clause. Alternative translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
628	ROM	4	3	hih3	figs-rquestion	τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει	1		Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “the scripture surely says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
629	ROM	4	3	g1wz	figs-personification	τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει	1		Here Paul uses **say** figuratively as if **the scripture** were a person who could speak. He means that the scripture he is about to quote contains information related to the topic he is discussing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what information is in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
630	ROM	4	3	r9te	writing-quotations	τί…ἡ Γραφὴ λέγει?	1		Here Paul uses **what does the scripture say** to indicate a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 15:6](gen/15/06.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what is written in the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
631	ROM	4	3	xdtx	figs-explicit	ἡ Γραφὴ	1		Here, **the scripture** refers specifically to the quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../../gen/15/06.md) that follows in this verse. It does not refer to the Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the scripture that Moses wrote in Genesis” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
632	ROM	4	3	smc6	figs-activepassive	ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	it was counted to him as righteousness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God counted it to him as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
633	ROM	4	3	az65	writing-pronouns	ἐλογίσθη	1	it was counted to him as righteousness	The pronoun **it** refers to Abraham’s faith, which was implied by the statement that **Abraham believed God**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his faith was counted” or “his trust in God was counted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
634	ROM	4	3	qked	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form or another way. Alternate translation: “being righteous” or “being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
635	ROM	4	4	ihul	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		**Now** here indicates that what follows in verses 4–5 is an explanation of the scripture quotation in the previous verse. If it might help your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
636	ROM	4	4	oojx	figs-extrainfo	τῷ…ἐργαζομένῳ	1		Here, **the one who works** refers to a hypothetical person who obeys the laws God gave through Moses and is “made righteous by works” (see [verse 2](../04/02.md)). However, since the meaning of verses 4–5 is given in the next verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
637	ROM	4	4	dsl8	figs-activepassive	ὁ μισθὸς οὐ λογίζεται κατὰ χάριν	1	what he is paid is not counted as a gift	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he does not consider his wage as grace” or “he does not regard his pay as grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
638	ROM	4	4	xo4x		κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα	1		Alternate translation: “as a matter of grace … as a matter of obligation” or “as a gift … as an obligation”
639	ROM	4	4	ossx	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ χάριν…κατὰ ὀφείλημα	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **grace** and **obligation**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “as what is gracious … as what is owed” or “something gifted … something owed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
640	ROM	4	5	ynp2	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		**Now** here indicates that what follows in this verse is in contrast to what Paul said in the previous verse. Use natural way in your language to express contrasting ideas. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
641	ROM	4	5	j3ir	figs-explicit	τῷ…μὴ ἐργαζομένῳ	1		Here, **the one who does not work** refers to a person who does not obey the laws God gave through Moses. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the one who is does not obey God’s laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
642	ROM	4	5	fezj	figs-explicit	τὸν δικαιοῦντα	1		Here, **the one who makes righteous** refers to God. If this would your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who justifies” or “God who makes righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
643	ROM	4	5	tovp	figs-nominaladj	τὸν ἀσεβῆ	1		Paul is using the singular adjective phrase **the ungodly** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are ungodly” or “people who do ungodly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
644	ROM	4	5	va3e	figs-activepassive	λογίζεται ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	his faith is counted as righteousness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who does the action, Paul implies that “God” does it. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 3](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “God counted his faith as righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
645	ROM	4	5	s00l	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ πίστις αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **faith** and **righteousness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “how he trusts … as being righteous” or “how he trusts in God … as being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
646	ROM	4	6	hil6	writing-quotations	καὶ Δαυεὶδ λέγει	1		Paul uses **David also speaks of** here to introduce a scripture quotation from [Psalm 31:1–2](../psa/031/001.md), which King David wrote. This occurs in [verses 7–8](../04/07.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “David also wrote in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
647	ROM	4	6	s0v1	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blessedness**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “how blessed the man is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
648	ROM	4	6	vyse	figs-possession	τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the man** that is characterized by **blessedness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the blessed man” or “the happy man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
649	ROM	4	6	x40j	figs-genericnoun	τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1		Paul is speaking of people in general, not of one particular **man**. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
650	ROM	4	6	c6zs	figs-distinguish	ᾧ ὁ Θεὸς λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρὶς ἔργων	1		This phrase gives us further information about the **the man**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, the man God counts as righteous apart from works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
651	ROM	4	6	lilj	figs-abstractnouns	δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “being righteous” or “being right with himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
652	ROM	4	6	o260	figs-possession	χωρὶς ἔργων	1		See how you translated this phrase in [3:28](../03/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
653	ROM	4	7	zqwl	figs-quotemarks	μακάριοι, ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι καὶ ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1		This verse is the beginning of a quotation from [Psalm 31:1–2](../../psa/031/001.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
654	ROM	4	7	dur6	figs-parallelism	μακάριοι, ὧν ἀφέθησαν αἱ ἀνομίαι καὶ ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1	whose lawless deeds are forgiven … whose sins are covered	These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how **Blessed** these people are. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “How blessed are those people whom God forgives completely for all their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
655	ROM	4	7	lq4w	figs-abstractnouns	ὧν…αἱ ἀνομίαι…ὧν…αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **lawless deeds** and **sins**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the lawless things they have done … the sins they have committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
656	ROM	4	7	d4f4	figs-activepassive	ἀφέθησαν…ἐπεκαλύφθησαν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God forgives … God covers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
657	ROM	4	7	hj2w	figs-ellipsis	ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι	1		Paul quotes David leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “blessed are those whose sins have been covered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
658	ROM	4	7	hqfm	figs-metaphor	ἐπεκαλύφθησαν	1		Paul quotes David using **covered** figuratively to refer to God forgiving sins as if he covers sins so that he no longer sees them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
659	ROM	4	8	jjov	figs-quotemarks	μακάριος ἀνὴρ, οὗ οὐ μὴ λογίσηται Κύριος ἁμαρτίαν	1		The end of this verse is the end of a quotation from [Psalm 31:1–2](../../psa/031/001.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
660	ROM	4	8	yox7	figs-parallelism	μακάριος ἀνὴρ, οὗ οὐ μὴ λογίσηται Κύριος ἁμαρτίαν	1		This verse means the same thing as the two clauses in the previous verse. Paul the same thing here, in a slightly different way, to emphasize how **Blessed** people are home God forgives for their sins. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “How truly blessed is a man whose sin the Lord does certainly not count!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
661	ROM	4	8	kpfe	figs-genericnoun	ἀνὴρ	1		Paul quotes David speaking of people in general, not of one particular **man**. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
662	ROM	4	8	y21b	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτίαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sin**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “sinful deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
663	ROM	4	8	jdrm	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ λογίσηται	1		Paul quotes David using **count** figuratively to refer to God remembering or regarding people’s sins after he has forgiven them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does certainly not regard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
664	ROM	4	8	yxh2	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ	1		The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Paul quotes David using them together to emphasize how certain it is that God does not regard people’s sin after he has forgiven them. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “never” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
665	ROM	4	9	qtgb	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Then** here introduces a result clause. This verse indicates the logical conclusion to what Paul has stated in [verses 6–8](../04/06.md). Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “As a result,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
666	ROM	4	9	g4f6	figs-rquestion	ὁ μακαρισμὸς…οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν, ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν?	1		Paul is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “this blessedness is surely upon the circumcision and also upon the uncircumcision!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
667	ROM	4	9	alrb	figs-explicit	ὁ μακαρισμὸς…οὗτος	1		Here, **this blessedness** refers to joyful state of those people whom God forgives and makes righteous, as mentioned in [verses 6–8](../04/06.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is this blessed state of being forgiven by God” or “is this blessed forgiveness from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
668	ROM	4	9	jmym	figs-metaphor	ὁ μακαρισμὸς…οὗτος ἐπὶ τὴν περιτομὴν…ἐπὶ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν	1		Paul speaks of **blessedness** figuratively as if it were an object that could be put **upon** someone. He means that both circumcised and uncircumcised people can receive the blessing of forgiveness from God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is this blessedness given to the circumcision … to the uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
669	ROM	4	9	dn7v	grammar-collectivenouns	τὴν περιτομὴν…τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν	1		See how you translated these words in [3:30](../03/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
670	ROM	4	9	mrsm	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1		**For** here indicates that what follows answers the rhetorical question. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
671	ROM	4	9	w2xt	figs-exclusive	λέγομεν	1		Here Paul uses **we** exclusively to refer to Paul and other Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
672	ROM	4	9	o51f	writing-quotations	λέγομεν	1		Paul uses **we say** here to introduce a modified scripture quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../../gen/15/06.md), which Moses wrote. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “we say what Moses wrote in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
673	ROM	4	9	m3uh	figs-activepassive	ἐλογίσθη τῷ Ἀβραὰμ ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	Faith was counted to Abraham as righteousness	See how you translated the similar clauses in [verses 3](../04/03.md) and [5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
674	ROM	4	10	trz4	figs-rquestion	πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη? ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ?	1		In these two sentences Paul is not asking for information, but is using these two questions here to emphasize that Abraham was made righteous without being circumcised. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. You may need to combine these sentences. Alternate translation: “Then you surely know how it was counted to him! You surely know whether it was in circumcision or in uncircumcision!” or “Then you surely know how it was counted to him, whether in circumcision or in uncircumcision!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
675	ROM	4	10	unuf	grammar-connect-logic-result	πῶς οὖν	1		Here, **then** introduces a result clause that is in the form of a rhetorical question. Use a natural way in your language for expressing result. Alternate translation: “How as a result” or “So then how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
676	ROM	4	10	uj5i	figs-idiom	πῶς	1		**How** here means “in what circumstances.” Paul is not asking how God made Abraham righteous, but is asking whether or not Abraham was circumcised when God made him righteous. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In what circumstances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
677	ROM	4	10	bw38	writing-pronouns	ἐλογίσθη…οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ	1		In this verse the pronoun **it** refers to Abraham’s faith, as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “was Abraham’s faith counted … His faith was not in circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
678	ROM	4	10	p5rp	figs-activepassive	πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη	1	It was not in circumcision, but in uncircumcision	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “How then did God count it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
679	ROM	4	10	wbta	figs-ellipsis	ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		Here Paul is leaving out some the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Was it counted being in circumcision, or in uncircumcision? It was not counted in circumcision, but in uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
680	ROM	4	10	zj6b	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν περιτομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ? οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **circumcision** and **uncircumcision**, you could express the same ideas in verbal way. Paul implies that Abraham is the subject of these sentences. Alternate translation: “While Abraham was circumcised, or while he was uncircumcised? It was not while he was circumcised, but while he was uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
681	ROM	4	11	unmg	figs-abstractnouns	περιτομῆς…ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ…δι’ ἀκροβυστίας	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **circumcision** and **uncircumcision**, you could express the same ideas in verbal way. Alternate translation: “of being circumcised … while being uncircumcised … through being uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
682	ROM	4	11	d564	figs-possession	σημεῖον…περιτομῆς	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the sign** that is **circumcision**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the sign that is circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
683	ROM	4	11	rjhr	figs-distinguish	σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		This phrase gives us further information about **the sign of circumcision**. Circumcision is not only a **sign**, but also a **seal**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these clauses clearer. Alternate translation: “that is, a seal of the righteousness of the faith that he had in his uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
684	ROM	4	11	wm54	figs-possession	σφραγῖδα τῆς δικαιοσύνης	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **a seal** that proves **the righteousness** to be real. If this is not clear in your language, you could indicate this with a different form. Alternate translation: “a seal that proves the righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
685	ROM	4	11	n31z	figs-possession	τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **righteousness** that comes from **faith**. If this is not clear in your language, you could indicate this with an adjective phrase or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of the righteousness from faith” or “of being right with God that comes from trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
686	ROM	4	11	zlwg	figs-distinguish	τῆς ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		This clause gives us further information about **the faith** that Abraham had. Paul is referring to **the faith** that Abraham had before he was circumcised. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “that Abraham had in his uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
687	ROM	4	11	mob7	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		Here Paul speaks figuratively of **uncircumcision** as if it were a location someone could be **in**. He means that Abraham was in the state of being uncircumcised. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while he was uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
688	ROM	4	11	f5vv	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν	1		Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God required Abraham to become circumcised. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that he would be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
689	ROM	4	11	ue6v	figs-metaphor	πατέρα πάντων τῶν πιστευόντων δι’ ἀκροβυστίας	1		Paul uses **father** figuratively to refer to Abraham as if he physically produced **those who believe** in God. Paul means that Abraham spiritually represents all uncircumcised non-Jews who trust in God. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternative translation: “the spiritual representative of all those who believe through uncircumcision” or “like the father of all those who believe through uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
690	ROM	4	11	etyl	figs-explicit	δι’ ἀκροβυστίας	1		Here the word translated as **through** refers to a going through a time period. If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “during uncircumcision” or “throughout the time they were uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
691	ROM	4	11	hm61	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1		Here, **so that** indicates that this clause could refer to: (1) the purpose of Abraham being **the father of all those who believe**. Alternate translation: “in order that the righteousness would be counted to them” (2) the result of Abraham being **the father of all those who believe**. Alternate translation: “resulting in the righteousness being counted to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
692	ROM	4	11	y88e	figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι αὐτοῖς τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1		See how you translated **counted** in [verses 3–5](../04/03.md) and [9–10](../04/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
693	ROM	4	11	ehib	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δικαιοσύνην	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “being righteous” or “being right with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
694	ROM	4	12	v9bu	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς	1	And he became the father of the circumcision	Here, **and** indicates that what follows is another purpose for God commanding Abraham to be circumcised after he trusted in God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could repeat some of the information from the previous sentence and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “and also so that he would be the father of circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
695	ROM	4	12	u8j3	figs-possession	πατέρα περιτομῆς…τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1	And he became the father of the circumcision	Paul uses **father of circumcision** here figuratively. He means that Abraham is both the physical ancestor and spiritual ancestor of Jewish people who are both physically circumcised and have the “circumcision of the heart,” which Paul refers to in [2:29](../02/29.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spiritual representative of those who are physically and spiritually circumcised … our spiritual representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
696	ROM	4	12	krkf	figs-explicit	τοῖς οὐκ ἐκ περιτομῆς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ	1		Paul assumes that his readers will know that these two clauses refer to those Jews who are **not only** circumcised in their bodies, but also have the same **faith** in God that Abraham had before he was circumcised. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those Jews who are not only circumcised, but who also follow in the steps of the faith of our father Abraham in uncircumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
697	ROM	4	12	s9jt	figs-idiom	καὶ τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχνεσιν τῆς…πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ	1	who follow in the steps of faith of our father Abraham	Here, **follow in the steps** is an idiom that means to follow someone’s example. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who follow the example of the faith of our father Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
698	ROM	4	12	btrd	figs-possession	τῆς…πίστεως, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the faith** that **our father Abraham** had. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of our father Abraham’s faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
699	ROM	4	12	u5ur	figs-exclusive	τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ	1		Here, **our** refers to Paul and his fellow believing Jews, as in [3:9](../03/09.md). Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “of our Jewish father Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
700	ROM	4	12	ykdc	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ	1		Here, **in uncircumcision** has the same meaning as “through circumcision” stated in the previous verse. See how you translated the phrase there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
701	ROM	4	13	i6xc	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here gives the reason why Abraham is the spiritual “father” of both non-Jews and Jews, as stated in [verses 11–12](../04/11.md). If it would be clearer to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
702	ROM	4	13	e0a3	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἐπαγγελία…τὸ κληρονόμον αὐτὸν εἶναι	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **promise** and **heir**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “God promised … that he would inherit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
703	ROM	4	13	yqxx	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἢ	1		Here, the world translated **or** indicates that **the promise** is **to Abraham** and **his seed**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
704	ROM	4	13	ew13	figs-metaphor	τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ	1		Here Paul uses **seed** figuratively to refer to “offspring.” Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
705	ROM	4	13	ct1f	figs-synecdoche	κόσμου	1		Here **the world** could refer to: (1) all the land of **the world**. Although God had promised to give the land of Canaan to Abraham’s descendants, the Jews in Paul’s time understood that this promise included the whole earth. This will indeed take place when Jesus, a descendent of Abraham, rules over the whole world. Alternate expression: “of all the land in the world” (2) the people who live in the world, as in [3:19](../03/19.md). Alternate translation: “of the people who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
706	ROM	4	13	pjyt	figs-explicit	οὐ…διὰ νόμου…ἀλλὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης	1		Here the word translated as **through** indicates the means by which God gave ** the promise**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “was not by means of the law but by means of the righteousness” or “was not on the basis of the law but on the basis of the righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
707	ROM	4	13	kquo	figs-explicit	νόμου	1		See how you translated **the law** in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
708	ROM	4	13	iqsm	figs-possession	δικαιοσύνης πίστεως	1		See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 11](../04/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
709	ROM	4	14	hba4	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates that [verses 14–15](../04/14.md) give the reasons why God’s promise to Abraham was given “through the righteousness of faith” and not “through the law,” as stated in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
710	ROM	4	14	n0x6	figs-hypo	εἰ…οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι, κεκένωται ἡ πίστις	1		Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize the serious implications of how people inherit God’s promises. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “suppose the heirs are from the law, then the faith has been emptied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
711	ROM	4	14	ksui	figs-abstractnouns	οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι…ἡ πίστις…ἡ ἐπαγγελία	1		See how you translated “heir”, **the law**, and **faith** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
712	ROM	4	14	k4ip	figs-explicit	κληρονόμοι	1		Here, **heirs** refers to “Abraham” and “his seed” from the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the heirs, Abraham or his seed, are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
713	ROM	4	14	w977	figs-explicit	οἱ ἐκ νόμου κληρονόμοι	1		Here, **from the law** refers to those who try to obey the Law of Moses. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the heirs are those who try to obey the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
714	ROM	4	14	hxvd	figs-metaphor	κεκένωται ἡ πίστις	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **faith** as if it were a container that could be emptied. He means that **faith** would become powerless or useless to make a person righteous if simply obeying**the law** allows a person to inherit God’s promises. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “then it would be impossible to become righteous by trusting in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
715	ROM	4	15	v1ow	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that the rest of the verse gives the reason why inheriting God’s promise by obeying the law would nullify faith and the promise, as stated in the previous verse. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
716	ROM	4	15	qma4	figs-personification	ὁ…νόμος ὀργὴν κατεργάζεται	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** as if it were a person who could produce something. He means that the **law** causes God to punish people because they cannot obey it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the law results in wrath for those who do not obey it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
717	ROM	4	15	h1x1	figs-metonymy	ὀργὴν	1		See how you translated the same use of this word in [1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
718	ROM	4	15	px0m	figs-metaphor	οὗ δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν νόμος, οὐδὲ παράβασις	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **the law** and **transgression** as if they were located in a specific place. Here, **where** means that God’s law exists. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “but where the law is not present, neither is transgression present” or “but in a place where God’s law does not exist, transgression also does not exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
719	ROM	4	15	t0wx	figs-abstractnouns	παράβασις	1		See how you translated the same use of this word in [2:23](../02/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
720	ROM	4	16	defl	figs-extrainfo	ἐκ πίστεως	1		Here, **it** refers to **the promise** mentioned later in the verse and introduced in [verse 13](../04/13.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise is by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
721	ROM	4	16	nchm	figs-explicit	ἐκ πίστεως	1		Here, **by** indicates the means by which someone acquires **the promise**. If this is not clear in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person acquires God’s promise by faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
722	ROM	4	16	bc5k	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God makes **faith** the means for acquiring **the promise**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
723	ROM	4	16	fvax		κατὰ χάριν	1		Alternate translation: “by grace” or “on the basis of grace”
724	ROM	4	16	cgpq	figs-abstractnouns	χάριν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
725	ROM	4	16	v8it	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ εἶναι βεβαίαν, τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν	1		Here, **so that** could indicate: (1) a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order for the promise to be certain” (2) a result clause. Alternate translation: “with the result that the promise might be certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
726	ROM	4	16	qalp	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν	1		See how you translated this word in [verse 13](../04/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
727	ROM	4	16	r8ji	grammar-collectivenouns	παντὶ τῷ σπέρματι	1		The phrase **all the seed** is singular but refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “all the descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
728	ROM	4	16	xzsp	figs-metaphor	παντὶ τῷ σπέρματι	1		See how you translated **seed** in [4:13](../04/13.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
729	ROM	4	16	a4ai	figs-distinguish	οὐ τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ	1		These clauses give us further information about the phrase **all the seed**. They distinguish between a **seed** associated with **the law** and a **seed** associated with **the faith**. If this might confuse your readers, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “both from those believers associated with Abraham through the law, and those associated with the faith of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
730	ROM	4	16	ns6r	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ νόμου	1	those who are under the law	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 14](../04/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
731	ROM	4	16	qctv	figs-possession	ἐκ πίστεως Ἀβραάμ	1	those who are under the law	Here, **from the faith of Abraham** refers to those who trust in God the way Abraham did. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who has the same faith as Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
732	ROM	4	16	welr	figs-metaphor	ὅς ἐστιν πατὴρ πάντων ἡμῶν	1		Paul uses **father** figuratively to refer to Abraham as if he physically produced all human beings. Paul means that Abraham is the physical ancestor of all believing Jews and the spiritual ancestor of all believing non-Jews. If your readers would not understand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “who spiritually represents all of us who believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
733	ROM	4	16	kd6g	figs-exclusive	πάντων ἡμῶν	1		Here, **us all** refers to **all the seed** and so is inclusive of all believing Jews and non-Jews. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “of all believers in God” or “of all of us who trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
734	ROM	4	17	nuj8	figs-infostructure	καθὼς γέγραπται, ὅτι πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε	1		Here Paul interrupts the sentence he began in the previous verse and inserts these two clauses in order to support his argument. If this would confuse your readers, you could mark these clauses in a way that shows they are inserted into the middle of a sentence, as in the UST. You could also move these clauses to the end of the verse so that they do not divide the main sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
735	ROM	4	17	ibwm	figs-explicit	καθὼς γέγραπται	1		Here Paul uses a quotation from the Old Testament in order to support the statement in the previous verse that Abraham “is the father of us all.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make the relationship between this verse and the previous verse clearer. Alternate translation: “The fact that Abraham is the father of us all is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
736	ROM	4	17	iju4	writing-quotations	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it is written	Here Paul uses **just as it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 17:5](../../gen/17/05.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
737	ROM	4	17	sjm0	figs-activepassive	καθὼς γέγραπται	1	as it is written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was written by Moses. Alternate translation: “just as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
738	ROM	4	17	peaf	figs-quotemarks	πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε	1	I have made you	In this clause Paul quotes [Genesis 17:5](../../gen/17/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
739	ROM	4	17	mxm5	writing-pronouns	τέθεικά σε…ἐπίστευσεν	1	I have made you	The pronoun **I** refers to **God**, and **you** and **he** refer to Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, have appointed you, Abraham, as … Abraham trusted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
740	ROM	4	17	n6l7	figs-metaphor	πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν	1		Paul quotes God using **father** figuratively to refer to Abraham as if he were going to physically produce children who would comprise **many nations**. God means that Abraham would become the spiritual ancestor of a large amount of people from **many nations** who trust in God like Abraham. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “the spiritual representative of numerous groups of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
741	ROM	4	17	ph37	figs-explicit	κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν Θεοῦ,	1	in the presence of God whom he trusted, who gives life to the dead	Here Paul continues the sentence from the previous verse that he had interrupted with the first two clauses in this verse. This clause completes the previous statement from the previous verse, “who is the father of us all.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. You made need to start a new sentence, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Abraham is the father of us all in the presence of God whom he trusted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
742	ROM	4	17	ifwu	figs-metaphor	κατέναντι…Θεοῦ	1		Paul uses **in the presence of** figuratively to refer to Abraham as if he were physically present with **God**. Paul means that **God** personally considers Abraham to represent the believers that come from **many nations**. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “according to what God thinks” or “in God’s view” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
743	ROM	4	17	s67j	figs-distinguish	οὗ ἐπίστευσεν…τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκροὺς, καὶ καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα	1		These clauses give further information about **God**. If this might confuse your readers, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer by making new sentences or by another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is the God whom he trusted. It is this God who makes the dead live and calls the things not existing as existing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
744	ROM	4	17	tg2e	figs-metaphor	καλοῦντος τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **the things not existing** as if **God** were calling to them. Paul means that **God** creates things by commanding them to exist, as Moses describes in [Genesis 1:3–27](../gen/01/03.md). If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “summons into being things that did not previously exist” or “by speaking creates things that did not previously exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
745	ROM	4	18	emih	writing-pronouns	ὃς…αὐτὸν…σου	1		The pronouns **who** and **he** and **your** refer to Abraham, not God. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
746	ROM	4	18	g8fm	figs-idiom	ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν	1	In hope he believed against hope	Here, **against hope** is an idiom meaning “what seems hopeless.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “although it seemed hopeless, he believed on the basis of hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
747	ROM	4	18	auah	figs-abstractnouns	ὃς παρ’ ἐλπίδα, ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “who hopefully believed although it seemed hopeless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
748	ROM	4	18	n62i	figs-ellipsis	ἐπίστευσεν	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “believed in God” or “believed what God had promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
749	ROM	4	18	bs6y	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτὸν	1		Here, **so that** indicates that this is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the result of Abraham believing **on the basis of hope**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “which resulted in him becoming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
750	ROM	4	18	qbdq	figs-metaphor	πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 17](../04/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
751	ROM	4	18	b92q	writing-quotations	τὸ εἰρημένον	1	according to what he had been told	Here Paul uses **what was said** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Genesis 15:5](../../gen/15/05.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “what was said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
752	ROM	4	18	cryi	figs-activepassive	τὸ εἰρημένον	1	according to what he had been told	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, the quotation was spoken by God. Alternate translation: “what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
753	ROM	4	18	p5el	figs-explicit	οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρμα σου	1	So will your descendants be	Paul assumes that his readers would know the rest of what God said in the verse he is quoting ([Genesis 15:5](../../gen/15/05.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Look now at the heavens and count the stars, if you are able to count them. So will your seed be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
754	ROM	4	18	i2ev	figs-metaphor	τὸ σπέρμα	1		See how you translated **seed** in [verse 16](../04/16.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
755	ROM	4	19	ycte	figs-infostructure	καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει, κατενόησεν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα ἤδη νενεκρωμένον, ἑκατονταετής που ὑπάρχων, καὶ τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “He considered his own body as already having died (being about a hundred years old)—and the deadness of the womb of Sarah—but he was not weakening in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
756	ROM	4	19	m9gq	figs-litotes	καὶ μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει	1	Without becoming weak in faith,	Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “And being strengthened in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
757	ROM	4	19	s6u1	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀσθενήσας τῇ πίστει	1	Without becoming weak in faith,	Paul speaks figuratively of Abraham’s faith as if it were something that a person could be **weakening in**. He means that Abraham kept trusting God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not ceasing to trust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
758	ROM	4	19	b3w6	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **faith**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “in how he trusted God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
759	ROM	4	19	bn9k	figs-metaphor	ἤδη νενεκρωμένον	1		Paul speaks figuratively of Abraham as if he actually thought his body was **dead**. Paul means that Abraham knew he was too old to produce a child. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “unable to father a child” or “useless for procreating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
760	ROM	4	19	bfsr	writing-background	ἑκατονταετής που ὑπάρχων	1		Here Paul provides background information about Abraham’s age to help his readers understand why Abraham **considered his own body as already being dead**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “since he was about one hundred years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
761	ROM	4	19	hro2	figs-ellipsis	τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας	1		Here Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “he also considered the deadness of the womb of Sarah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
762	ROM	4	19	ghhm	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **deadness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that the womb of Sarah was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
763	ROM	4	19	qil5	figs-metaphor	τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας	1		Paul speaks figuratively of Sarah’s **womb** as if it were dead. He means that she was unable to conceive children. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “how Sarah was unable to conceive” or “that Sarah could not bear children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
764	ROM	4	19	yx92	figs-explicit	τὴν νέκρωσιν τῆς μήτρας Σάρρας	1		Paul assumes that his readers would know that Sarah had been unable to become pregnant throughout her life, as described in the Old Testament book of Genesis. This fact makes Abraham’s faith even more amazing. If your readers would be unfamiliar with the story of Abraham and Sarah, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the deadness of the womb of Sarah, since she could never become pregnant before” or “the deadness of the womb of Sarah, which had always been dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
765	ROM	4	20	qn5h	figs-infostructure	εἰς δὲ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not waver in unbelief about what God promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
766	ROM	4	20	kicf	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		**But** here indicates that what follows emphasizes Abraham’s **faith** in **the promise of God**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
767	ROM	4	20	o3zu	figs-explicit	εἰς…τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The word translated as **toward** could also mean “with regard to” or “regarding.” If it might be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with regard to the promise of God” or “regarding the promise of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
768	ROM	4	20	qcod	figs-possession	τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the promise** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the promise that came from God” or “the promise from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
769	ROM	4	20	wgmc	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **promise**, you could express the same idea with a different form. Alternate translation: “the things God promised” or “the things God said would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
770	ROM	4	20	ep2z	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ	1	did not hesitate in unbelief	Here, **did not waver** and **unbelief** form a double negative expression. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he did not waver in belief” or “his belief did not waver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
771	ROM	4	20	th2x	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ…τῇ πίστει	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **the unbelief** and **the faith**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “by distrusting … by trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
772	ROM	4	20	zdj5	figs-activepassive	ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει	1	he was strengthened in faith	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God strengthened him in the faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
773	ROM	4	20	a4g4	figs-metaphor	ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει	1		Paul speaks figuratively of Abraham’s **faith** as if it were something that a person could be **strengthened in**. He means that God enabled Abraham to continue trusting him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was enabled to keep on trusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
774	ROM	4	20	ew3r	figs-abstractnouns	δοὺς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “having glorified God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
775	ROM	4	21	y2sh	figs-activepassive	πληροφορηθεὶς	1	He was fully convinced	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God fully convinced him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
776	ROM	4	21	plbf	writing-pronouns	ἐπήγγελται…ἐστιν	1		The pronoun **he** refers to God, not Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God had promised, God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
777	ROM	4	21	j12r	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἐπήγγελται	1		Here, **what he had promised** refers to the promise Paul describes in [verse 13](../04/13.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things God promised to Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
778	ROM	4	22	ympp	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ καὶ	1		Here, **therefore** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for indicating result. Alternate translation: “And for this reason” or “And this is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
779	ROM	4	22	wlnh	figs-quotemarks	ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1		This clause is a quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../../gen/15/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
780	ROM	4	22	i56a	figs-activepassive	ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness	See how you translated this in [verse 3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
781	ROM	4	23	zdc0	figs-infostructure	οὐκ ἐγράφη…δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον, ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ	1	Therefore this was also counted to him as righteousness	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases and combine them. Alternate translation: “Now the phrase ‘it was counted to him,’ was not written only for his sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
782	ROM	4	23	r65c	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν…αὐτῷ	1	only for his benefit	The pronouns **his** and **him** refer to Abraham. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham’s … to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
783	ROM	4	23	bfiw	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἐγράφη…δι’ αὐτὸν μόνον	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Moses wrote the quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses did not write it only for Abraham’s sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
784	ROM	4	23	bmlm		δι’ αὐτὸν	1		Alternate translation: “for him” or “regarding him”
785	ROM	4	23	ae1u	figs-quotemarks	ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ,	1		This clause is a quotation from [Genesis 15:6](../../gen/15/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
786	ROM	4	23	jft0	figs-activepassive	ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ	1		See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
787	ROM	4	24	pfc9	figs-exclusive	δι’ ἡμᾶς, οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	for us	Here, **our** and **whom** refer to all **those who believe** in **Jesus**. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “for the sake us believers who are about to be counted, to we who believe in the one who raised from the dead ones Jesus, the Lord of us all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
788	ROM	4	24	ffdm		δι’ ἡμᾶς	1		See how you translated “for his sake” in the previous verse.
789	ROM	4	24	nh4k	figs-activepassive	οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι	1	also for us, for whom it will be counted, we who believe	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Paul implies that “God” will do it. Alternate translation: “to whom God is about to count it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
790	ROM	4	24	bu1m	writing-pronouns	μέλλει	1		Here the pronoun **it** refers to the “faith” mentioned in [verses 5](../04/05) and [20](../04/20). Previously **it** referred to Abraham’s faith, but in this verse **it** refers to **our** faith. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “our faith is about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
791	ROM	4	24	mujr		λογίζεσθαι	1		See how you translated **counted** in the previous verse.
792	ROM	4	24	artt	figs-explicit	τὸν ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		This clause refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
793	ROM	4	24	i6vl	figs-idiom	ἐγείραντα Ἰησοῦν, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν	1		Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who caused Jesus our Lord to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
794	ROM	4	24	iq69	figs-idiom	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		Here, the phrase translated **the dead ones** refers to dead people. Here it means that Jesus physically died and was buried. If your language has a word or phrase for the place that dead people go, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “from the place where dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
795	ROM	4	25	irue	writing-pronouns	ὃς…ἡμῶν…τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν	1		Here the pronoun **who** refers to Jesus, and **our** refers to all “those who believe” in him, as mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus … we believers’ … the justification of us believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
796	ROM	4	25	cca1	figs-activepassive	ὃς παρεδόθη…ἠγέρθη	1	who was delivered up for our trespasses and was raised for our justification	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “whom God gave up … God raised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
797	ROM	4	25	b999	figs-metaphor	ὃς παρεδόθη	1		Paul speaks figuratively of Jesus as if he were a thing that could be **given up** to another person. Paul means that God allowed people to arrest and kill Jesus. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “who was allowed to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
798	ROM	4	25	op41	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν…διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **trespasses** and **justification**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because we trespassed … to make us righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
799	ROM	4	25	imvc	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα ἡμῶν	1		Here Paul uses **for the sake of** differently than he did in [verses 23–24](../04/23.md). Here Paul uses this phrase to indicate the reason why Jesus **was given up**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of our trespasses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
800	ROM	4	25	gmbd	figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη	1		See how you translated **raised** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
801	ROM	4	25	hzop	grammar-connect-logic-goal	διὰ τὴν δικαίωσιν ἡμῶν	1		Here Paul uses **for the sake of** differently than he did in the first part of this verse. Here Paul uses this phrase to indicate one of the purposes for Jesus being **raised**. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of our justification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
802	ROM	5	intro	i1dt			0		# Romans 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>4. Righteousness is received through Jesus Christ by trusting in him (3:21–5:21)<br> * God’s righteousness is received through faith (3:21–26)<br> * No one can boast in works (3:27–31)<br> * The examples of Abraham and David (4:1–25)<br> * The blessings of justification (5:1–11)<br> * Adam and Christ are compared (5:12–5:21)<br><br>Many scholars view verses 12-17 as some of the most important, but difficult, verses in Scripture to understand. Some of their richness and meaning has likely been lost while being translated from how the original Greek was constructed.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Results of justification<br><br>How Paul explains the results of our being justified is an important part of this chapter. These results include having peace with God, having access to God, being confident about our future, being able to rejoice when suffering, being eternally saved, and being reconciled with God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### “All sinned”<br><br>Scholars are divided over what Paul meant in verse 12: “And death spread to all people, because all sinned.” Some believe that all of mankind was present in the “seed of Adam.” So, as Adam is the father of all mankind, all of mankind was present when Adam sinned. Others believe that Adam served as a representative head for mankind. So when he sinned, all of mankind “fell” as a result. Whether people today played an active or passive role in Adam’s original sin is one way these views differ. Other passages will help one decide. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>### The second Adam<br><br>Adam was the first man and the first “son” of God. He was created by God. He brought sin and death into the world by eating the forbidden fruit. Paul describes Jesus as the “second Adam” in this chapter and the true son of God. He brings life and overcame sin and death by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])
803	ROM	5	1	xmp3	grammar-connect-logic-result	δικαιωθέντες οὖν ἐκ πίστεως, εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Connecting Statement:	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Let us have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, because we have been made right with God by trusting in him” or “We can have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, since God makes us right with himself by trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
804	ROM	5	1	age4	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δικαιωθέντες οὖν	1	Since we are justified	Here, **Therefore** indicates that what follows in [5:1-5](../05/01.md) is a new section that describes the results of being made right with God. Alternate translation (remove comma): “As a result of having been made right” or “So then, if we have been made right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
805	ROM	5	1	xott	figs-activepassive	δικαιωθέντες…ἐκ πίστεως	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “because God makes us righteous when we trust him” or “since God justifies us through trusting in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
806	ROM	5	1	wbwx	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ πίστεως	1		See how you translated this phrase in [4:16](../04/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
807	ROM	5	1	p11y	figs-distinguish	εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	through our Lord Jesus Christ	This phrase gives us information about how the believer can **have peace with God**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus Christ allows us to have peace with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
808	ROM	5	1	hi12	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “we can live safely” or “let us live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
809	ROM	5	1	o2yr	figs-metaphor	εἰρήνην ἔχωμεν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they could possess or own **peace**. He means that they can or must live peacefully with God. If your readers would not understand what **have peace** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “let us try to live peacefully” or “we must live peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
810	ROM	5	1	kjpb	figs-imperative	ἔχωμεν	1		The phrase **let us have peace** communicates an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal. Alternate translation: “we must have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
811	ROM	5	1	s6xd	figs-exclusive	ἔχωμεν…ἡμῶν	1	we … our	The pronouns **us** and **our** inclusively refer to all **those who believe** in Jesus (See [4:24–25](../04/24.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “let us believers … our” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
812	ROM	5	1	xaeg	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		In [5:1–5](../05/01.md), Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers in **Christ**. Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
813	ROM	5	2	slyh	figs-abstractnouns	δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν; καὶ καυχώμεθα ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **the access** or **faith**, **grace**, or **hope**, you could express the same ideas another way. Alternate translation: “The Lord Jesus Christ also allows us through trusting in him to access how gracious God is … boastful, hopeful to experience God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
814	ROM	5	2	du8b	figs-distinguish	δι’ οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν, τῇ πίστει εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην	1	Through him we also have our access by faith into this grace in which we stand	This phrase gives us further information about how Jesus helps the believer. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “The Lord Jesus Christ also allows us through trusting in him to access God’s grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
815	ROM	5	2	tsbo	writing-pronouns	οὗ	1		The pronoun **whom** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “through Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
816	ROM	5	2	i50u	figs-exclusive	καὶ…ἐσχήκαμεν…ἑστήκαμεν…καυχώμεθα	1		Unless otherwise noted, the pronoun **we** and its other forms (“us” or “our”) refer inclusively to all believers in Christ in chapter 5. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “we believers also have … we believers stand … we believers boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
817	ROM	5	2	af0n	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ ἑστήκαμεν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **grace** as if it were a location that someone could access and where someone could stand. He means that by trusting in Jesus it allows believers to confidently experience how gracious God is toward his people. If your readers would not understand what **grace in which we stand** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “to confidently experience how kind God is” or “to safely experience how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
818	ROM	5	2	fsqg	figs-litany	καυχώμεθα ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul uses a repetitive series of phrases in [5:2–4](../05/02.md) to show how powerful **hope** is. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of the ways Christians can **boast in the hope of the glory of God**. Paul goes on to say in [5:5](../05/05.md) that “hope does not disappoint.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that express reasons to **hope**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
819	ROM	5	2	dxcu	figs-personification	καυχώμεθα ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι	1		Here, **hope** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person about whom someone could **boast**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “we assuredly boast” or “let us hopefully rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
820	ROM	5	2	zp5p	figs-possession	τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using possessive forms to describe how **glory** relates **God**. Use a natural way in your language to express these ideas. Here, **of the glory of God** could refer to: (1) the glorious life humans were meant to live (See [3:23](../03/23.md)). Alternate translation: “of sharing again in the glory God gave us” or “experiencing the glory that comes from God” (2) glorifying God (See also [5:11](../05/11.md) for **glory** and **boast**). Alternate translation: “of glorifying God” or “of God’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
821	ROM	5	3	q5p7	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὐ μόνον δέ, ἀλλὰ καὶ καυχώμεθα	1	Not only this	What follows the words **And not only this, but also** here is in contrast to what would be an expected response to **sufferings**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Not only can we boast in the hope of the glory of God, but we can even boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
822	ROM	5	3	xho9	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ καυχώμεθα ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν, εἰδότες ὅτι ἡ θλῖψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζεται	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “because we also know that suffering brings about endurance, we boast in our sufferings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
823	ROM	5	3	c644	figs-personification	καὶ καυχώμεθα ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν	1		Here, **sufferings** are spoken of figuratively as though they were a person about whom someone could **boast** (See [5:2](../05/02.md)). If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “we can also boast when we suffer” or “let us rejoice even if we are distressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
824	ROM	5	3	c0rl	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν…ἡ θλῖψις…ὑπομονὴν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sufferings** and **suffering** and **endurance**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “when we suffer … when we suffer … a way to endure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
825	ROM	5	3	lo57	figs-metaphor	ἡ θλῖψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζεται	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **endurance** as if it were an object that could be produced. He means that when a Christian trusts in God while **suffering**, he develops within them the character quality of **endurance**. If your readers would not understand what **brings about endurance** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “when we suffer God uses it to teach us how to endure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
826	ROM	5	4	w7c2	figs-ellipsis	ἡ δὲ ὑπομονὴ δοκιμήν, ἡ δὲ δοκιμὴ ἐλπίδα	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and endurance produces character, and character produces hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
827	ROM	5	4	dt8w	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ…ὑπομονὴ…ἐλπίδα	1		See how you translated **endurance** in [5:3](../05/03.md) and **hope** in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
828	ROM	5	4	gjvh	figs-abstractnouns	δοκιμήν, ἡ δὲ δοκιμὴ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **character**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “makes us approved by God, and when God approves us it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
829	ROM	5	5	u4xh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει, ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “And because the love of God has been poured into our hearts through the Holy Spirit, who has been given to us–hope does not disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
830	ROM	5	5	rctz	figs-explicit	ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς	1		The implication is that **hope** here refers to **the hope of the glory of God** in [5:2](../05/02.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And being confident in God’s glory” or “And the hope of the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
831	ROM	5	5	zp3q	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		Here, **And** indicates that what follows summarizes Paul’s litany about **hope**. Alternate translation: “So” or “As a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
832	ROM	5	5	pp1n	figs-personification	ἡ…ἐλπὶς οὐ καταισχύνει	1	that hope does not disappoint	Here, **hope** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could **disappoint**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “being confident that we will once again live in the glorious way God intended, we are not disappointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
833	ROM	5	5	qka8	figs-metaphor	ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν	1	because the love of God has been poured into our hearts	Paul speaks figuratively of **love** as if it were a something that could be **poured** out of a pitcher, and **our hearts** as though they were containers that could be filled. He means that the Holy Spirit has completely revealed to God’s people how much God loves them. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “because the Holy Spirit, who God has given us, has deeply revealed how much God loves his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
834	ROM	5	5	dc95	figs-activepassive	ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul says that “the Holy Spirit” did it. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, who God gave us, poured out God’s love deep within us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
835	ROM	5	5	oufg	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, τοῦ δοθέντος ἡμῖν	1		In [5:1–5](../05/01.md), Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers in Christ. Here it the **Holy Spirit** who pours out **the love of God** in the believer’s **heart** (See [Acts 2:17](../02/17.md), [18](../02/18.md), [33](../02/33.md); [10:45](../10/45.md); [Titus 3:6](../tit/03/06.md) where both the Father and Jesus are agents in the giving or pouring out of **the Holy Spirit**). Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
836	ROM	5	5	clmb	figs-possession	ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **love** relates to **God**. Use a natural way to express this relationship. Here, **the love of God** could refer to: (1) God’s love for us. Alternate translation: “God’s love” or “God’s love for us” (2) our love for God. Alternate translation: “love for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
837	ROM	5	5	glt1	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν	1		Here, **hearts** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in their inner beings” or “out deep within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
838	ROM	5	6	gj4r	figs-parallelism	ἔτι γὰρ Χριστὸς, ὄντων ἡμῶν ἀσθενῶν ἔτι, κατὰ καιρὸν ὑπὲρ ἀσεβῶν ἀπέθανεν	1		These two phrases **being weak** and **the ungodly** mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show why **Christ** needed to die. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Indeed, while we were still weak and ungodly, at just the right time Christ died for us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
839	ROM	5	6	x5eg	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	we	Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [5:6–8](../05/06.md) explains “the love of God” in [5:5](../05/05.md). Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
840	ROM	5	6	xqr3	figs-ellipsis	ἔτι…ὄντων ἡμῶν ἀσθενῶν	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “while we still were being weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
841	ROM	5	6	lhy1	figs-idiom	κατὰ καιρὸν	1		Here, the term **at the right time** is an Old Testament idiom meaning “in its proper season.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at the appointed time” or “at God’s chosen time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
842	ROM	5	6	xl85	figs-distinguish	ὑπὲρ ἀσεβῶν ἀπέθανεν	1		Here, **Christ died for the ungodly** gives us further information about what “the love of God” means in [5:5](../05/05.md). Paul means that God shows how much he loves his people by sending **Christ** to sacrificially die for their sake (See “blood” in [5:9](../05/09.md)). If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “died for the sake of godless ones” or “died on behalf of ungodly people” or “died in the place of those who are ungodly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
843	ROM	5	6	wc38	figs-nominaladj	ἀσεβῶν	1		Paul is using the adjective **ungodly** as a noun in order to describe a group of people, in this case, **we**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “ungodly people” or “those who are godless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
844	ROM	5	7	o92c	figs-parallelism	μόλις γὰρ ὑπὲρ δικαίου τις ἀποθανεῖται; ὑπὲρ γὰρ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ, τάχα τις καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how undeserving it is that Christ would die for “the ungodly” (See [5:6](../05/06.md)). If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “It would certainly be rare for anyone to die on behalf of a righteous or good person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
845	ROM	5	7	xv5w	figs-aside		0	For one will hardly die for a righteous man	Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to express how amazing it is that Christ would die for “the ungodly” (See [5:6](../05/06.md)). If this would be confusing in your language, you can place this verse in parentheses or use some other way that is natural in your language for indicating an aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
846	ROM	5	7	h089	figs-hypo	μόλις γὰρ…τις ἀποθανεῖται…γὰρ…τάχα	1		Paul is using a hypothetical situation to help his readers recognize how rare it is for someone dying on behalf of another. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Let us consider how rare it would be for someone to die … let us suppose that just maybe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
847	ROM	5	7	x036	writing-pronouns	τις…τις	1		The pronoun **someone** refers to a hypothetical person that might **die** for someone else. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person … a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
848	ROM	5	7	mqyq	figs-metaphor	καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of dying as if it were a dare or challenge to overcome. He means that **someone** would be brave enough to give their life for the sake of someone else. If your readers would not understand what **dare to die** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “might even be willing to die” or “would even be brave enough to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
849	ROM	5	8	ednw	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what was expected, that **Christ** would die for godly people. Instead, Christ died for **sinners**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead,” or “On the contrary,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
850	ROM	5	8	qh0h	figs-rpronouns	ἑαυτοῦ	1		Paul uses the word **his own** to emphasize how much **God** loves his people. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “his very own” or “his personal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
851	ROM	5	8	vh6y	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀγάπην εἰς ἡμᾶς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **love**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how much God loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
852	ROM	5	8	fel5	figs-infostructure	ὅτι ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν, Χριστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀπέθανεν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “by the fact that Christ died for us, even while we were still sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
853	ROM	5	8	c8vd	figs-distinguish	ὅτι ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν	1		This phrase gives us further information about how much love God has for his people. Paul is pointing out how undeserving God’s people are of **his own love**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “in this way: even while we were still sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
854	ROM	5	8	oz1w	figs-ellipsis	ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete (See also [5:6](../05/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “while we still were being sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
855	ROM	5	8	w7hy	figs-nominaladj	ἁμαρτωλῶν	1		Paul is using the adjective **sinners** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who lived sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
856	ROM	5	9	vnxd	grammar-connect-logic-result	πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον δικαιωθέντες νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ, σωθησόμεθα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς ὀργῆς	1		Here, **then** introduces a result clause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could rearrange the order of these phrases to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “As a result, how much more now will we be saved from the wrath, since we have been made righteous by his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
857	ROM	5	9	tewt	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον	1		Here, **Much more then** strongly emphasizes that what follows is another important result of **having been made right** with God. Use a natural way in your language to express strong emphasis. Alternate translation: “It is much more certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
858	ROM	5	9	x9yi	figs-activepassive	δικαιωθέντες…σωθησόμεθα	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express these ideas with active forms or in other ways that are natural in your language. If you must state who did the actions, Paul implies that “God” did them. Alternate translation: “God has made us right with himself … God will save us” or “God has justified … God will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
859	ROM	5	9	nvs3	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ	1	blood	Paul is figuratively describing Christ’s death by association with **his blood**, which is related to his sacrificial death (See the same phrase in [3:25](../03/25.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “on the basis of his sacrificial death” or “by his death” or “in his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
860	ROM	5	9	kmky	figs-possession	δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how people are **saved**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **through him** could refer to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “through Jesus” or (2) Jesus’ blood. Alternate translation: “through it” (3) both Jesus and his blood. Alternate translation: “through his blood” or “through Jesus’ blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
861	ROM	5	9	wsda	figs-personification	ἀπὸ τῆς ὀργῆς	1		Here, **wrath** is spoken of figuratively as though it were person from whom someone needs to be saved or rescued. Paul means that believers in Christ are saved from experiencing God’s wrath or being punished by God. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “from experiencing God’s wrath” or “from being punished by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
862	ROM	5	9	bev3	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ὀργῆς	1	his wrath	Here, **the** indicates a specialized meaning of **wrath**. If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract phrase **the wrath** in another way. Here, **the wrath** refers to “the day of wrath” (See note at [2:5](../02/05.md) for **the day of wrath**). Alternate translation: “the Final Judgment” or “the Final Punishment” or “from when God finally judges sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
863	ROM	5	10	wply	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		Here what follows **For** in [5:10–11](../05/10.md) further explains and summarizes this section about having “peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ” (See [5:1](../05/01.md)). Alternate translation: “In summary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
864	ROM	5	10	mz06	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ γὰρ ἐχθροὶ ὄντες	1		Paul is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Pau; is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Actually, since when we were enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
865	ROM	5	10	ok87	figs-nominaladj	ἐχθροὶ ὄντες	1		Paul is using the adjective **enemies** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “while being people who were God’s enemies” or “while we were hostile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
866	ROM	5	10	rnc5	figs-activepassive	κατηλλάγημεν τῷ Θεῷ…καταλλαγέντες, σωθησόμεθα	1	we were reconciled to God through the death of his Son	If your language does not use passive forms in this way, you could express these ideas with active forms or in other ways that are natural in your language. If you must state who did these actions, Paul implies that “God” did them. Alternate translation: “God reconciled us to himself … since God reconciled us, he will save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
867	ROM	5	10	cu3c	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	Son	Here, **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Be sure to accurately translate this title in your translation. Alternate translation: “of God’s Son” or “Jesus his Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
868	ROM	5	10	o1m6	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1		Here, **much more** strongly emphasizes that what follows is an important result of **having been reconciled** with **God** (See this phrase in [5:9](../05/09.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express strong emphasis. Alternate translation: “it is much more certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
869	ROM	5	10	fky8	figs-personification	διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ…ἐν τῇ ζωῇ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **death** and **life** are spoken of figuratively as though they were people who could reconcile and save someone. Paul means that God shows how much he loves his people by sending **his Son** to sacrificially die for their sake, and that God will save them from eternal death and punishment (See note for “the wrath” in [5:9](../05/09.md)) because Jesus conquered death by resurrecting after he died. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because Jesus sacrificially died for our sake … will God save us from eternal death because Jesus conquered death by resurrecting after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
870	ROM	5	11	a0vk	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	οὐ μόνον δέ, ἀλλὰ καὶ	1		What follows the words **And not only this, but also** emphasizes that it is not only what God has done for his people in Christ that is important (See the same phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md)), but that **we also boast in God**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Not only will we be saved by his life, but we should also continue to boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
871	ROM	5	11	zp36	figs-metaphor	καυχώμενοι ἐν τῷ Θεῷ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were boasting inside of God. Paul means that these believers in Christ **boast** about how great God is. If your readers would not understand what **boast in God** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we also boast about how great God is” or “boast because of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
872	ROM	5	11	x3wh	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἐν τῷ Θεῷ, διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers in **Christ**. Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
873	ROM	5	11	r0zj	figs-distinguish	δι’ οὗ νῦν τὴν καταλλαγὴν ἐλάβομεν	1		This clause summarizes how Jesus saves the believer (See [5:1–2](../05/01.md) for similar wording). If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer by starting a new sentence or some other way. Alternate translation (replace previous comma with a period): “It is through the death of Lord Jesus Christ on our behalf that we become reconciled with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
874	ROM	5	11	xjes	figs-abstractnouns	νῦν τὴν καταλλαγὴν ἐλάβομεν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **reconciliation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “we have now become reconciled with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
875	ROM	5	12	k1xa	figs-parallelism		0		This verse communicates similar ideas. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the widespread effects of **sin** and **death**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For this reason, one man caused sin and then death to enter the world; and death and then sin spread throughout the human race” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
876	ROM	5	12	hjx4	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὰ τοῦτο	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **Therefore** indicates that what follows in [5:12–21](../05/12.md) is Paul’s explanation of the relationship between human **sin** and God’s grace. Alternate translation: “For this reason” or “Because of this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
877	ROM	5	12	wf9f	figs-personification	ὥσπερ δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν κόσμον εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος; καὶ οὕτως εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὁ θάνατος διῆλθεν	1	through one man sin entered … death entered through sin	Here, **sin** and **death** are spoken of figuratively as though they were persons who could travel to different places. Paul means that the way God intended for **the world** and human beings to function became thoroughly corrupted by **sin** and **death**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because one man sinned, he would die. All human beings born after that one man would die too because of the effects of his sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
878	ROM	5	12	pa8s	figs-explicit	δι’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου	1		The implication is that the **one man** is Adam, the first human being. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, since “Adam” is not mentioned until [5:14](../05/14.md). Alternate translation: “through the one man Adam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
879	ROM	5	12	a7ml	writing-symlanguage	δι’ ἑνὸς	1		The number **one** is a symbol of unity. Paul uses this possessive form **through one** twelve times in [5:12-19](../05/12.md) to emphasize the unity of Jesus with humanity. Be sure to retain this important phrase throughout your translation of this section. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
880	ROM	5	12	smc2	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἁμαρτία…τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος…ὁ θάνατος	1		Here, **the** indicates a specialized meaning of **sin** and **death**. If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract phrases **the sin** and **the death** in another way. Here, **the sin** and **the death** mean “death ruled” and “sin ruled” (See [5:14,21](../05/14/.md)). Alternate translation: “the power of sin … the power of sin, the power of death … the power of death” or “the dominion of sin … the dominion of sin, the dominion of death … the dominion of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
881	ROM	5	12	uxcs	figs-ellipsis	διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the death entered the world through the sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
882	ROM	5	12	l7wr	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ οὕτως	1		Here, **so** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “and as a result,” or “so then also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
883	ROM	5	12	xhbv	figs-gendernotations	ἀνθρώπους	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” or “humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
884	ROM	5	12	jy25	writing-pronouns	ἐφ’ ᾧ	1		The phrase translated **concerning which** is a singular. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly (See also the introductory notes at the beginning of this chapter). The pronoun **which** could refer to: (1) **death**. Alternate translation: “because of this death” or “concerning this death” (2) the effect of **sin** and **death**. Alternate translation: “because of the dominion of sin and death” or “concerning the dominion of sin and death” (3) **the one man**. Alternate translation: “because of the one man” or “concerning the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
885	ROM	5	12	si2i	figs-nominaladj	πάντες	1		Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “all men” or “all humanity” or “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
886	ROM	5	13	pkzc	figs-aside		0		In [5:13–17](../05/13.md), Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to explain the relationship between **law** and **sin** and **death**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could use parentheses or some other way in your language to indicate an aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
887	ROM	5	13	e6bx	figs-ellipsis	ἄχρι γὰρ νόμου…μὴ ὄντος νόμου	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “For until the law came … when there was no law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
888	ROM	5	13	at4i	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** introduces a reason clause. Paul is giving the reason why death caused **sin** until “the law came in so that the trespass might increase” (See [5:20](../05/20.md)). Alternate translation: “This is because” or “This is the reason why” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
889	ROM	5	13	w185	figs-possession	ἄχρι…νόμου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how the time period **until** relates to **law**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **until** could refer to: (1) the time until **law** was given. Alternate translation: “For up to the time God gave his law to the Jews … since God’s law did not exist” (2) the whole time the law was in effect until Christ came. Alternate translation: “until the end of the law … when the law was no longer in effect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
890	ROM	5	13	v51t	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτία…ἁμαρτία	1		See how you translated **sin** in [5:12](../05/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
891	ROM	5	13	uyd4	figs-personification	ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ, ἁμαρτία δὲ	1		Here, **sin** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person located in the world and who could be charged with sinning. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “there were still people in the world who sinned, but their sinful way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
892	ROM	5	13	izno	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was expected, that God would count sin against people. Instead, **sin** has no legal consequences until **the law** is given. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
893	ROM	5	13	juq7	figs-activepassive	ἁμαρτία…οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται	2	but there is no accounting for sin when there is no law	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God did not reckon it as sinning” or “God did not impute it as sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
894	ROM	5	14	ev8a	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	Nevertheless, death	What follows the word **Nevertheless** here is in contrast to what was expected, that since there was no law, there would be no consequences for doing what is wrong. Instead, Paul restates that **death** is the problem for humanity, not breaking the law God gave to his people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Although this is true” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
895	ROM	5	14	bd3q	figs-personification	ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος	1	death ruled from Adam until Moses	Here, **death** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a king. Paul means that every person was under the control of **death**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “all humans came under the control of death” or “no human could escape dying” or “human life inevitably ended in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
896	ROM	5	14	u66m	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ θάνατος	1		See how you translated **death** in [5:12](../05/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
897	ROM	5	14	pdrh	figs-merism	ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ μέχρι Μωϋσέως	1		Paul speaks figuratively, using these two people to represent the period of time between **Adam** and **Moses**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the time when Adam sinned until the time when God gave Moses his law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
898	ROM	5	14	w24g	figs-distinguish	καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς μὴ ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ	1		This phrase gives us further information about over whom **death ruled**. It is not making a distinction between those who lived during the time of **Adam** and **Moses**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “even over the people who did not disobey in the same way as Adam did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
899	ROM	5	14	skns	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ, ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **likeness**, **transgression**, and **pattern**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in the same way as Adam transgressed, who typifies the coming one” or “exactly how Adam transgressed, who patterns he who will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
900	ROM	5	14	k2w7	figs-possession	ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the likeness** relates to the **transgression**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “Adam’s” instead of the noun “Adam,” or you could use a verb phrase. Alternate translation: “like Adam’s transgression” or “in the same way Adam transgressed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
901	ROM	5	14	e4ze	figs-metaphor	Ἀδάμ, ὅς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **Adam** as if he were a model or shape or drawing. Paul means that **Adam** represents humanity. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **a pattern** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Adam, who is a replica of he who is coming” or “Adam, who models the coming one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
902	ROM	5	14	mu4s	figs-possession	τοῦ μέλλοντος	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **pattern** relates to **the one who is coming**. Paul means that Adam represents the ideal human being, Jesus, who will come in the future (See [5:15](../05/15.md)). If this is not clear in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “representing Jesus who would come in the future” or “prefiguring Jesus who was destined to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
903	ROM	5	15	xodg	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλ’	1		Here, what follows **But** contrasts **the trespass** with **the gift**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
904	ROM	5	15	x37x	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ παράπτωμα…τὸ χάρισμα…τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι…ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **trespass**, **gracious gift**, **grace**, and **gift** you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “since Adam rebelled … what God graciously gave … when the one man trespassed … how gracious God is and what he graciously gave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
905	ROM	5	15	sful	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains the difference between **the trespass** and **the gracious gift**. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
906	ROM	5	15	yxej	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ	1		Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that the benefits of **the gracious gift** are superior to the consequences of **the trespass**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
907	ROM	5	15	kdhb	figs-possession	τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the trespass** that comes from **one** man. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “one man’s” instead of the adjective “one” or a verb form. Alternate translation: “by one man’s trespass” or “because one man trespassed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
908	ROM	5	15	mm6y	figs-nominaladj	τοῦ ἑνὸς	1		Paul is using the adjective **one** as a noun in order to refer to Adam (See [5:14](../05/14.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could make these references explicit. Alternate translation: “Adam, the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
909	ROM	5	15	e9me	figs-nominaladj	οἱ πολλοὶ…τοὺς πολλοὺς	1		Here Paul is using the adjective **many** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “many people … many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
910	ROM	5	15	h6c3	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1		Here, **much more** strongly emphasizes the difference between the results of **the trespass** of Adam and the **grace of God** that comes through **Jesus Christ** (See how you translated this phrase in [5:10](../05/10.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express strong emphasis. Alternate translation: “even more certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
911	ROM	5	15	ejxz	figs-possession	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **grace** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God,” or another way. Alternate translation: “God’s grace” or “the grace from God” or “how kind God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
912	ROM	5	15	wn36	figs-possession	τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the grace** relates to **the one man** Jesus Christ. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “from the one man” or “associated with the one man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
913	ROM	5	15	fuyz	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Θεοῦ…Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Here Paul highlights the interactive work of the Trinity in the salvation of believers **by the grace of God** and **Jesus Christ**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
914	ROM	5	15	lydx	figs-possession	τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **grace** relates to **the one man, Jesus Christ**. Use a natural way to express this idea. Here, **grace** could refer to: (1) grace through Jesus. Alternate translation: “that comes through the one man, Jesus Christ” (2) grace from Jesus. Alternate translation: “that comes from the one man, Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
915	ROM	5	15	tfhj	figs-infostructure	ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι, τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “abounded unto the many the grace of God and the gift by the grace of the one man, Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
916	ROM	5	16	ns9a	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ οὐχ ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντος, τὸ δώρημα; τὸ μὲν γὰρ κρίμα ἐξ ἑνὸς, εἰς κατάκριμα, τὸ δὲ χάρισμα ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωμάτων, εἰς δικαίωμα	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Indeed, because the judgment came from one man unto condemnation, but the gift came from many trespasses unto justification. This is why the gift is not the same as through the one man who sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
917	ROM	5	16	uh4x	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	followed many trespasses	What follows the word **And** here contrasts the way **the gift** and **the judgment** happened. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But” or “Yet” or “However” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
918	ROM	5	17	n5zx	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		Here, **For** indicates that what follows explains the difference between **the trespass** and **the gift** (See [5:15](../05/15.md) for similar ideas). Alternate translation: “For this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
919	ROM	5	17	mhtc	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ	1		Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He has concluded that the benefits of **the gift** are superior to the consequences of **the trespass**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “since” or “because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
920	ROM	5	17	lcyd	figs-possession	τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:15](../05/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
921	ROM	5	17	whbf	figs-nominaladj	τοῦ ἑνὸς…τοῦ ἑνός…τοῦ ἑνὸς	1		See how you translated these nominal adjectives in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
922	ROM	5	17	yvq5	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ τοῦ ἑνὸς παραπτώματι, ὁ θάνατος…τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης…ἐν ζωῇ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because one man trespassed, the fact that people die … how excessively kind God is and how he gives people a right relationship with him … by living eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
923	ROM	5	17	kz6z	figs-personification	ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσεν	1	death ruled	See how you translated this phrase in [5:14](../05/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
924	ROM	5	17	lf7t	grammar-connect-words-phrases	πολλῷ μᾶλλον	1		See how you translated this phrase in [5:15](../05/15/.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
925	ROM	5	17	hfvt	figs-infostructure	ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν, διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ.	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “because of the one man Jesus Christ will … reign in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
926	ROM	5	17	xy6h	figs-metaphor	οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες, ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if they were kings in a location called **life**. He means that they **will rule** with **Jesus Christ** and live eternally. If your readers would not understand what **rule in life** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “will those receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness rule and live eternally” or “will those receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness live as kings forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
927	ROM	5	17	nr25	figs-distinguish	οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες	1		This clause gives describes the people who will **rule in life**. It is not making a distinction between **those who receive** and those who **rule**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “those who receive the abundance of grace and the gift of righteousness also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
928	ROM	5	17	o8c3	figs-possession	οἱ…τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **righteousness** is a **gift**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “those who receive the gift of being made righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
929	ROM	5	17	fodc	figs-possession	οἱ τὴν περισσείαν τῆς χάριτος…λαμβάνοντες	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **abundance** that comes from **grace**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “abundant” instead of the noun “abundance” or a verbal form. Alternate translation: “those who receive God’s abundant grace” or “those who experience how abundantly gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
930	ROM	5	18	e7cq	figs-ellipsis	ἄρα οὖν ὡς δι’ ἑνὸς παραπτώματος, εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς κατάκριμα, οὕτως καὶ δι’ ἑνὸς δικαιώματος, εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς δικαίωσιν ζωῆς	1		Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “So then, just as one man trespassed and this caused all men to become condemned, so also one man acted righteous and this caused all men to become justified for living eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
931	ROM	5	18	mccf	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἄρα οὖν	1		Here, **So then** indicates that what follows in [5:18–21](../05/18.md) summarizes the ideas of [5:12–17](../05/12.md). Alternate translation: “Therefore” or “Finally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
932	ROM	5	18	z0jq	figs-abstractnouns	παραπτώματος…κατάκριμα…δικαιώματος…δικαίωσιν	1		See how you translated these abstracts nouns in [4:25](../04/25.md); [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
933	ROM	5	18	n8pr	figs-gendernotations	πάντας ἀνθρώπους…πάντας ἀνθρώπους	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See how your translated this word in [5:12](../05/12.md). Alternate translation: “all humanity … all humanity” or “all people … all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
934	ROM	5	18	bcm2	figs-possession	δικαίωσιν ζωῆς	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **justification** relates to **life**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “justification that brings eternal life” or “eternal justification” or “justification which is eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
935	ROM	5	18	bmey	figs-explicit	ζωῆς	1		Here the implication is that **life** refers to “eternal life” (See “rule in life” in [5:17](../05/17.md) and [2:7](../02/07.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” or “for living eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
936	ROM	5	19	zp4r	figs-parallelism		0		These two clauses mean the opposite thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in opposite ways, to show the contrast between Adam and Christ. Be sure to retain the similar forms to keep the parallel ideas explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
937	ROM	5	19	hj69	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὥσπερ γὰρ	1		Here, **For just as** links what follows by using wording that is similar to the beginning of [5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: “Indeed, in the same way, as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
938	ROM	5	19	z8r8	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου…διὰ τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **disobedience** and **obedience**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “because the one man Adam disobeyed … because the one man Jesus obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
939	ROM	5	19	qpsm	figs-explicit	τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου…τοῦ ἑνὸς	1		The implication is that **one man** refers to “Adam” and **the one** refers to “Jesus Christ” (See [5:14–15](../05/14.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the one man Adam … the one man Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
940	ROM	5	19	q8lj	figs-activepassive	ἁμαρτωλοὶ κατεστάθησαν οἱ πολλοί…δίκαιοι κατασταθήσονται οἱ πολλοί	1	the many were made sinners	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” appointed this to happen. Alternate translation: “God appointed the many people as sinful … God will appoint the many people as righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
941	ROM	5	19	huig	figs-nominaladj	ἁμαρτωλοὶ…οἱ πολλοί…δίκαιοι…οἱ πολλοί	1		Paul is using the adjectives **many**, **sinners**, and **righteous** as nouns in order to describe groups of people (See how you translated **many** in [5:15](../05/15.md)). Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “many…sinful people…many…righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
942	ROM	5	20	zsxd	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1		Here, **Now** indicates that what follows in [5:20–21](../05/20.md) links how **sin** and **grace** relate. Alternate translation: “Not only that, but when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
943	ROM	5	20	ttcw	figs-abstractnouns	νόμος…τὸ παράπτωμα…ἡ ἁμαρτία…ἡ χάρις	1		See how you translated the abstract nouns: **law** in [5:12–13](../05/12.md), **trespass** in [5:15–18](../05/15.md), **sin** in [5:12–13](../05/12.md), and **grace** in [5:15](../05/15.md), [17](../05/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
944	ROM	5	20	w958	figs-personification	παρεισῆλθεν	1	the law came in	Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **came in** can mean to sneak in unnoticed (See [Galatians 2:4](../gal/02/04.md); [Jude 1:4](../jud/01/04.md)). Paul may be stressing how the coming of **the law** was like an unwelcome person secretly intruding at some location. If this is confusing in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “intruded like a person sneaking in unnoticed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
945	ROM	5	20	relk	figs-metaphor	πλεονάσῃ τὸ παράπτωμα…ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία, ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν ἡ χάρις	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **the trespass**, **sin**, and **grace** as if they were crops. He means that the power or influence of these concepts expanded throughout humanity. If your readers would not understand what ** increase** or **abounded** mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “how people trespass God’s commands would become more evident … people living sinfully became more evident, how gracious God is became even more obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
946	ROM	5	20	wbh3		ἵνα πλεονάσῃ τὸ παράπτωμα	1		Use a natural way in your language for expressing the ideas of result or purpose. This clause could refer to: (1) the result of God’s purpose of giving **the law**. Alternate translation (with preceding comma): “causing how much people trespass what God commands to increase” (2) God’s purpose in giving **the law**. Alternate translation: “in order to expose how much people trespass what God commands” (3) both God’s purpose and the result of his giving **the law**. Alternate translation (with preceding comma): “to cause an increase in how much people trespass”
947	ROM	5	20	k6da	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	2		What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to what was expected, that the God’s **grace** actually became more evident when **sin increased**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
948	ROM	5	20	godn	figs-metaphor	οὗ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** and **grace** as if they were located somewhere. Here, **where** indicates the influence or power of **sin** and **grace**. If your readers would not understand what **where** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “whatever ways” or “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
949	ROM	5	21	ycy7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα	1		This phrase introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “so then” or “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
950	ROM	5	21	wmy8	figs-personification	ὥσπερ ἐβασίλευσεν ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ…χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	as sin ruled in death	Here, **sin** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a king of a place called **death**. Here, **righteousness** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a prince ruling on behalf of a king called **grace**. Paul means that **sin** causes everyone to die, and God’s **grace** allows people to become righteous, so they can live eternally. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in the same way as living sinfully causes death, the same is true for how gracious God is, that by making people right with himself they can live eternally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
951	ROM	5	21	leu9	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ…ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1		See how you translated the abstract nouns: **sin** in [5:20](../05/20.md), **death** and **righteousness** in [5:17](../05/17.md), **grace** in [5:20](../05/20.md), and **everlasting life** in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
952	ROM	5	21	pygl	grammar-connect-logic-goal	οὕτως	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God revealed his **grace**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that” or “for the purpose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
953	ROM	5	21	j9lf	figs-parallelism	διὰ δικαιοσύνης, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that the **righteousness** of **Jesus Christ** is how **grace** rules (See also [5:17](../05/17.md)). If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “leading to everlasting life through how Jesus Christ our Lord makes people righteous” or “bringing eternal life by how righteous Jesus Christ our Lord is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
954	ROM	6	intro	v522			0		# Romans 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)<br> * Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)<br> * Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)<br><br>Paul begins this chapter by answering how someone might hypothetically object to what he taught in Chapter 5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Against the Law<br><br>In this chapter, Paul refutes the teaching that Christians can live however they want after they are saved. Scholars call this “antinomianism” or being “against the law.” To motivate godly living, Paul recalls the great price Jesus paid for a Christian to be saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Servants of sin<br><br>Before believing in Jesus, sin enslaves people. God frees Christians from serving sin. They are able to choose to serve Christ in their lives. Paul explains that when Christians choose to sin, they willingly choose to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Fruit<br><br>This chapter uses the imagery of fruit. The image of fruit usually refers to a person’s faith producing good works in their life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Paul uses rhetorical questions in this chapter. It appears the intent of these rhetorical questions is to make the reader see their sin so they will trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Death<br><br>Paul uses “death” many different ways in this chapter: physical death, spiritual death, sin reigning in the heart of man, and to end something. He contrasts sin and death with the new life provided by Christ and the new way Christians are supposed to live after they are saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])
955	ROM	6	1	pvg3	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ?	1	What then will we say? Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound?	Paul is using rhetorical questions in [6:1–3](../06/01.md) to reject certain rumors that misrepresent his teachings (See [3:8](../03/08.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation or communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly are not saying that people should keep sinning so that God will be more gracious!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
956	ROM	6	1	fxgw	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τί οὖν	1		Here, **What then** marks a change in topic in [6:1–11](../06/01.md), where Paul teaches about the connection between Christian baptism and union with Christ’s death and resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
957	ROM	6	1	fj9e	figs-exclusive	ἐροῦμεν? ἐπιμένωμεν	1	we say	When Paul says **we** the first time, he is speaking of himself and the other apostles, so **we** would be exclusive (See the similar language in [3:8](../03/08.md)). However, when Paul says **we** the second time, he seems to be including all “who were baptized into Christ Jesus” (See [6:3](../06/03.md)), so the second use of **we** would be inclusive of all Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “will we apostles say? Should we believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
958	ROM	6	1	sa16	figs-metaphor	ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were a location. He means that Christians should no longer **continue** to live sinfully. He also speaks figuratively of **grace** as though it were a crop (See [5:20](../05/20.md)). He speaks of the power or influence of **grace** expanding in the lives of Christians. If your readers would not understand what **in sin** or **increase** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Should we continue to live sinfully so that we can experience more of how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
959	ROM	6	1	ju6f	figs-quotations	ἐπιμένωμεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσῃ?	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an exclamatory direct quotation. Alternate translation (change preceding question mark to a comma): “‘Should we continue in sin so that grace may increase?!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
960	ROM	6	1	ngpt	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ…ἡ χάρις	1		See how you translated the abstract nouns: **sin** and **grace** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
961	ROM	6	1	rsny	figs-declarative	ἐπιμένωμεν	1		Paul could be using the question form, **Should we**, as an exclamation that communicates an appeal. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for making an appeal. Alternate translation (change preceding question mark to a comma): “We must” or “Let us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
962	ROM	6	1	f5qt	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which someone would **sin**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
963	ROM	6	2	pa6g	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1		**May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:31](../03/31.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
964	ROM	6	2	rgte	figs-metaphor	οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ?	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** as if were a location where Christians could live or die. He means that for baptized Christians the spiritual kingdom of sin and death (See [5:14,17,21](../05/14.md)) lost its power over them when Christ was crucified (See [6:6](../06/06.md)). If your readers would not understand what **to die to sin** or **live in it** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “We who are no longer dominated by sinning, how could we still live as though we are dominated by sinning” or “Since we are not dominated by sinning anymore, we certainly cannot still live sinfully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
965	ROM	6	2	gddr	figs-exclusive	οἵτινες ἀπεθάνομεν	1		Unless otherwise noted, **we** and “our” are inclusive of all Christians in this chapter. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “We believers who in Christ died” or “We Christians who died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
966	ROM	6	3	ok3v	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι	1		Here, **of the fact that** indicates that what follows is the rhetorical answer to the question of **are you ignorant**. Alternate translation: “of this reality:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
967	ROM	6	3	wh26	writing-pronouns	ὅσοι	1		The pronoun **as many as** refers to those people who **were baptized into Christ Jesus**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “as many people as” or “however many of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
968	ROM	6	3	bd11	figs-metaphor	ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν	1		Paul speaks figuratively of **Christ Jesus** and **his death** as if they were locations where someone could **be baptized**. He means that people who are **baptized** as Christians are united to **Christ Jesus** and spiritually share in benefits of **his death**. If your readers would not understand what **baptized into** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “become baptized as a Christians are united to Christ Jesus and also as many as become baptized are united to his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
969	ROM	6	3	jfs4	figs-parallelism	ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθημεν	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what happens when a Christian is **baptized**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “become baptized as Christians are spiritually united to Christ Jesus and spiritually participate in his death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
970	ROM	6	3	tcve	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν θάνατον	1		See how you translated **death** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
971	ROM	6	4	ufp9	figs-parallelism	συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον	1		This sentence means the same thing as [6:3](../06/03.md). Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show what happens in Christian **baptism**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
972	ROM	6	4	f4va	figs-metaphor	συνετάφημεν οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπτίσματος εἰς τὸν θάνατον	1	We were buried, then, with him through baptism into death	Paul speaks figuratively of **baptism** as if it were a burial. He means that in the physical act of going under the water in **baptism**, the Christian ceases to be under the control of eternal **death** (See “died to sin” in [6:2](../06/02.md)). If your readers would not understand what **buried** and **baptism into death** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “So then, being baptized represents being buried with Christ in his tomb” or “When we were baptized, we ceased to be controlled by eternal death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
973	ROM	6	4	m43r	grammar-connect-logic-result	συνετάφημεν οὖν	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, to emphasis what results from **baptism**. Alternate translation: “So then, we were buried” or “As a result, we were buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
974	ROM	6	4	y71v	figs-abstractnouns	τὸν θάνατον…ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός…ζωῆς	1		See how you translated the abstract nouns: **death** in [6:3](../06/03.md), **glory** in [5:2](../05/02.md), and **life** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
975	ROM	6	4	k1el	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν	1		This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God instituted **baptism**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to make this explicit. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that we could walk in newness of life, just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
976	ROM	6	4	qa7r	figs-parallelism	ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν	1		These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show the link between Christ’s resurrection and the Christian’s new way of **life** after **baptism**. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “we would newly live like Christ did when Father gloriously raised him from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
977	ROM	6	4	z6zk	figs-simile	ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν	1		The point of this comparison is that the new way a Christian should live after being baptized is similar to being **raised from the dead**, like Christ was. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “we should live in a new way, similar to when the Father gloriously raised Christ from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
978	ROM	6	4	dpy2	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Father gloriously resurrected Christ from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
979	ROM	6	4	t47r	figs-idiom	ἠγέρθη Χριστὸς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life	Here, the phrase **raised from the dead** is an idiom meaning “resurrected from where dead people are” (See how you translated this phrase in [4:24](../04/24.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Christ resurrected from death” or “Christ resurrected from the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
980	ROM	6	4	ce9z	figs-nominaladj	ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	just as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father, so also we might walk in newness of life	Paul is using the adjective **the dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “where dead people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
981	ROM	6	4	gblc	figs-possession	διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Πατρός	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **glory** that comes from or characterizes **the Father**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “Father’s” instead of the noun “Father” or make this explicit another way. Alternate translation: “through the glorious power of the Father” or “through the Father’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
982	ROM	6	4	r3hn	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1		**Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and **Christ** Jesus, as his “Son” (See [1:3–4, 7](../01/03.md)). Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. Alternate translation: “God his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
983	ROM	6	4	gtns	figs-idiom	ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωμεν	1		Here, the verb **might walk** is an Old Testament idiom meaning “would live” or “would act.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “we might live in new way” or “we would act like new people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
984	ROM	6	4	x1t4	figs-rpronouns	καὶ ἡμεῖς	1		Paul uses the phrase **we too** to emphasize the union of the baptized Christian with Christ’s resurrection. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “we who are baptized too” or “even we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
985	ROM	6	4	hyab	figs-possession	ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe **life** that is characterized by **newness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “renewed” instead of the noun “newness.” Alternate translation: “with a renewed life” or “like those made newly alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
986	ROM	6	4	lvim	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν καινότητι	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **newness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “renewed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
987	ROM	6	5	p6xk	figs-metaphor	εἰ γὰρ σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐσόμεθα	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Paul speaks figuratively of **death** and **resurrection** as if they were things to which baptized Christians could be physically attached. He means that in baptism Christians participate in the spiritually benefits obtained by Christ’s death and will one day resurrect as he did. If your readers would not understand what **united with** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, since we participate in Christ’s death through baptism, we will definitely participate in Christ’s life through resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
988	ROM	6	5	jdzp	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ γὰρ	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true. He goes on to conclude that baptized Christians will **certainly be united with** Christ’s **resurrection**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “Indeed, since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
989	ROM	6	5	xh3z	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ…τῆς	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	The pronoun **his** refers to Christ, not the “Father” (See [6:1–3](../06/01.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Christ’s … with Christ’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
990	ROM	6	5	wnd4	figs-metaphor	σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **united** can mean “planted with,” Paul may be figuratively likening the process of burying a seed in the ground with being buried with Christ, and the result of a sprouting plant with Christ’s resurrection. If it would help your readers understand, you could make this explicit in your translation. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “we have become planted with” or “have grown together with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
991	ROM	6	5	z8wa	figs-abstractnouns	τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ…τῆς ἀναστάσεως	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas of **likeness** and **resurrection**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “in what is like his death … his resurrecting from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
992	ROM	6	5	hg5y	figs-explicit	τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	The implication is that **likeness of his death** refers to “baptism” (See [6:4](../06/04.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the likeness of his death through baptism” or “in baptism that represents dying with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
993	ROM	6	5	ruhn	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ἀλλὰ καὶ…ἐσόμεθα	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	Here, **also certainly** strongly emphasizes that the reality of future resurrection is established in Christian baptism. If it would be more natural in your language, you could move this phrase to the beginning of the clause to make this emphasis explicit. Alternate translation: “You also need to know that we will” or “it is absolutely certain that we will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
994	ROM	6	5	f1q1	figs-ellipsis	τῆς ἀναστάσεως	1	we have become united with him in the likeness of his death … be united with his resurrection	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, his is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “with his resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
995	ROM	6	6	gv43	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τοῦτο γινώσκοντες	1	our old man was crucified with him	Here, **knowing this** indicates that what follows is accepted teaching. Alternate translation: “because we know this very thing,” or “since we are certain of this fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
996	ROM	6	6	rv8u	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι…ἵνα	1	our old man was crucified with him	What follows **that** gives the reason why **our old man was crucified**. Use a natural way in your language to indicate the reason why something happens. Alternate translation: “the reason why … was in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
997	ROM	6	6	fhvh	figs-activepassive	ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God crucified our old man with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
998	ROM	6	6	lu12	figs-metaphor	ὁ παλαιὸς ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συνεσταυρώθη	1		Paul speaks figuratively of sinful humanity as if it were an **old man** nailed to the same cross as Christ. Paul means that when Christ was **crucified** he destroyed the power of **sin** and death that controlled humanity (See [6:12–18](../06/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what **old man** or **crucified with him** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “on Christ’s cross, God crucified the power of sin that controlled humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
999	ROM	6	6	y0ib	writing-pronouns	συνεσταυρώθη	1		The pronoun **him** refers to Christ (See [6:4](../06/04.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “was crucified with Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1000	ROM	6	6	n6o6	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1		This phrase introduces a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God **crucified our old man**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1001	ROM	6	6	jw00	figs-metaphor	καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ	1	the body of sin	Paul speaks figuratively of **the body of sin** as if it were a condition of slavery that could be cancelled or made void. He means that how the human race was controlled by living sinfully was spiritually cancelled by the power Christ’s crucifixion. If your readers would not understand what **body of sin** and **nullified** and **enslaved to sin** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “God would completely end how living sinfully controls the human race, and he would free us from how living sinfully enslaves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1002	ROM	6	6	jpge	figs-activepassive	καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ	1	the body of sin	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God nullified how we are dominated by sinning so that living sinfully would no longer control us” or “God canceled the power of sin over our bodies, making us no longer enslaved to living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1003	ROM	6	6	l6pd	figs-possession	τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	the body of sin	Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **the body** is related to **sin**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **the body of sin** could refer to: (1) how humans tend to **sin**. Alternate translation: “our human tendency to sin” or “how living sinfully controls us” (2) how sin controls the human body. Alternate translation: “how sin controls our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1004	ROM	6	6	l3zm	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτίας…ἁμαρτίᾳ	1	the body of sin	See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1005	ROM	6	6	c5ie		τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ	1	the body of sin	Use a natural way in your language for expressing a result or purpose clause. This following clause could refer to: (1) the result of **the body of sin** being **nullified**. Alternate translation: “causing us to no longer be enslaved to sin” (2) God’s purpose for nullifying **the body of sin**. Alternate translation: “in order that we would no longer be enslaved to sin” (3) both God’s purpose and the result of nullifying **the body of sin**. Alternate translation (with preceding comma): “in order to cause us no longer be enslaved to sin”
1006	ROM	6	7	qvmj	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		What follows **For** summarizes the ideas in [6:6](../06/06.md). Alternate translation: “This is because” or “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1007	ROM	6	7	f893	figs-explicit	ὁ…ἀποθανὼν	1		The implication is that **the one having died** is the same as “the old man” who “was crucified” in [6:6](../06/06.md). Paul means that God considers any person who has “died to sin” (See [6:2](../06/02.md)) to be **righteous**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “any person who dies to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1008	ROM	6	7	hoqm	figs-activepassive	δεδικαίωται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has declared free” or “God declares is righteous” or “God has vindicated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1009	ROM	6	7	z81y	figs-possession	ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1		Paul is using the possessive form to describe how **sin** is related to **has been declared righteous**. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “from being enslaved to sin” or “from sin’s control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1010	ROM	6	7	geua	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτίας	1		See how you translated this abstract noun in [6:6](../06/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1011	ROM	6	8	wwhf	figs-metaphor	εἰ δὲ ἀπεθάνομεν σὺν Χριστῷ	1	we have died with Christ	Paul speaks figuratively of baptized Christians as if they physically died with Christ (See [6:5](../06/05.md)). He means that in baptism Christians participate in the spiritual benefits obtained by Christ’s death and will one day **live together with him**. If your readers would not understand what **died with Christ** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, since we are united to Christ’s death when baptized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1012	ROM	6	8	mbx9	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ δὲ	1	we have died with Christ	In this verse, Paul is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is true (See also [6:5](../06/05.md)). Paul has already affirmed that the baptized **have died with Christ** in [6:3–4](../06/03.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is true. Alternate translation: “Indeed, since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
1013	ROM	6	8	c724	figs-explicit	πιστεύομεν	1	we have died with Christ	The implication is that since baptized Christians have **died with Christ**, the result is that they have confidence that will eternally **live together with him**. You could make that explicit in your translation. Alternate translation: “we are confident” or “this persuades us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1014	ROM	6	8	cg31	grammar-connect-words-phrases	ὅτι	1	we have died with Christ	Here, **that** indicates that what follows is the result of having **died with Christ**. Alternate translation: “the result is” or “this means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1015	ROM	6	8	nuc1	figs-explicit	καὶ συνζήσομεν αὐτῷ	1	we have died with Christ	The implication is that **live together with him** refers to “everlasting life” (See [5:21](../05/21.md); [6:4–5](../06/04.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “we will also live forever with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1016	ROM	6	9	bebx	figs-infostructure	εἰδότες ὅτι Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν, οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει	1	We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “knowing that Christ is not going to die again, because he has been raised from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
1017	ROM	6	9	zdkc	grammar-connect-words-phrases	εἰδότες ὅτι	1	We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead	Here, **knowing that** indicates that what follows is accepted teaching (See [6:6](../06/06.md) for a similar phrase). Alternate translation: “because we know this very thing,” or “since we are certain that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1018	ROM	6	9	gjqq	figs-activepassive	Χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God caused Christ to resurrect after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1019	ROM	6	9	zkq2	figs-idiom	ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	We know that since Christ has been raised from the dead	See how you translated the phrase **raised from the dead** in [6:4](../06/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1020	ROM	6	9	lvv8	figs-parallelism	οὐκέτι ἀποθνῄσκει; θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει	1	from the dead	These two phrases mean similar things. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that **Christ** can never die again. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “is now Lord over death” or “has completely mastered death’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1021	ROM	6	9	wem1	figs-personification	θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεύει	1	death no longer has authority over him	Here, **death** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a **lord** who could rule over someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he no longer submits to being dead” or “he is not dead anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1022	ROM	6	9	kl3e	figs-abstractnouns	θάνατος	1	from the dead	See how you translated the abstract noun **death** in [6:4](../06/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1023	ROM	6	10	ehi9	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all	Here, what follows **For** indicates the reason why Christ “no longer dies” in [6:9](../06/09.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1024	ROM	6	10	e290	writing-pronouns	ὃ…ὃ	1	For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all	Here the phrase translated **in that** is a pronoun. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Here, **in that** could refer to: (1) the way Christ died and lives. Alternate translation: “the way that…the way that” or “how … how” (2) Christ’s death and life. Alternate translation: “the death … the life” (3) the timing of Christ’s death and life. Alternate translation: “when … now that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1025	ROM	6	10	aw31	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν…ζῇ τῷ Θεῷ	1	For in regard to the death that he died to sin, he died once for all	Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** and **God** as if they were locations in which Christ died and lives (See also the similar wording in [6:2](../06/02.md) for how this fact effects baptized Christians)). Paul means that Christ died for the sake of freeing humanity from being “enslaved to sin” (See [6:6](../06/06.md), and now that he is resurrected, he lives for the sake of glorifying God. If your readers would not understand what **died for sin** and **lives for God** means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “he died for the sake of dominating how sinning controls people … he lives for the sake of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1026	ROM	6	11	cac8	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὕτως	1	In the same way, you also must consider	This phrase introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “As a result” or “For this reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1027	ROM	6	11	zjjv	writing-pronouns	ὑμεῖς	1	In the same way, you also must consider	Throughout [6:11-23](../06/11/.md), the pronoun **you** and “your” are plural and refer to the church at Rome. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you at Rome” or “you believers at Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1028	ROM	6	11	qvoj	figs-rpronouns	λογίζεσθε ἑαυτοὺς εἶναι	1	In the same way, you also must consider	Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize how important it is for the church at Rome to personally apply the spiritual benefits of Christ’s death and resurrection to their own lives. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “regard yourselves to be personally” or “reckon yourselves as actually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1029	ROM	6	11	yqub	figs-imperative	λογίζεσθε	1	In the same way, you also must consider	This is an imperative, but it could communicate an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal or a command. Alternate translation: “should consider” or “consider” or “reckon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1030	ROM	6	11	dw6l	figs-metaphor	εἶναι νεκροὺς μὲν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ζῶντας δὲ τῷ Θεῷ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	dead to sin	Paul speaks figuratively of **sin** and **God** and **Christ** as if they were locations where Christians could die and live (See also [6:2](../06/02.md). [10](../06/10.md)). Paul means that for Christians the spiritual kingdom of sin and death (See [5:14](../05/14.md), [5:17](../05/17.md), [5:21](../05/21.md)) lost its power over them when Christ was crucified (See [6:6](../06/06.md)). This happens when they are united to **Christ Jesus** in baptism (See [6:3–4](../06/03.md)). If your readers would not understand what **be dead to sin** or **alive to God** or **in Christ Jesus** mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer dominated by living sinfully, but people who are spiritually resurrected by God because you are united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1031	ROM	6	12	pp2t	grammar-connect-words-phrases	οὖν	1	do not let sin rule in your mortal body	Here, **Therefore** indicates that what follows is how the church at Rome should respond to the fact that they are “dead to sin, but alive to God in Christ Jesus” (See [6:11](../06/11.md)). Alternate translation: “As a result” or “So then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1032	ROM	6	12	s6h1	figs-personification	μὴ…βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι, εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ	1	do not let sin rule in your mortal body	Here, **sin** is spoken of figuratively as though it were king of a place called **mortal body** (See [5:21](../05/21.md)), and who demands obedience. Paul means that Christians should not allow **sin** and **lusts** dominate the way they use their bodies. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you must not allow your physical body to become ruled by sinning, by submitting to lusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1033	ROM	6	12	z7zh	figs-imperative	μὴ…βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία	1	do not let sin rule in your mortal body	This is an imperative, but it could communicate an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates an appeal or command. Alternate translation: “you should not allow sin to be king” or “I urge you, do not to let sin reign like a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1034	ROM	6	12	cm8d	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι	1	in your mortal body	Paul could be referring figuratively to the **body**, one part of the human being, to mean the whole person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternative translation: “over you” or “any of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1035	ROM	6	12	z1ia	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν σώματι,	1	in your mortal body	The word **body** is a singular noun and could emphasize the unity of the individual members of the whole church at Rome. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “over your mortal bodies” or “throughout your whole church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
1036	ROM	6	12	r462	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	This phrase indicates what happens when **sin** rules. Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Here, **to obey** could refer to: (1) the result of letting **sin rule**. Alternate translation: “causing you to become obedient to lusting sinfully” (2) the way sin rules. Alternate translation: “by obeying how it tempts you to lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1037	ROM	6	12	zs9g	figs-abstractnouns	ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lusts**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “how it urges you to lust” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1038	ROM	6	12	kh3w	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	The pronoun **its** refers to **mortal body**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your mortal body’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1039	ROM	6	13	wt07	figs-infostructure	μηδὲ παριστάνετε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ἀλλὰ παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ, ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας, καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases to emphasize the similar ideas. Alternate translation: “And do not present your members as tools of unrighteousness to sin, but present your members to God as tools of righteousness. In other words, present yourselves to God, as living from death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
1040	ROM	6	13	mxto	figs-metaphor	μηδὲ παριστάνετε…παραστήσατε	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul speaks figuratively of these people as if their body parts were **tools** that could be offered in service or used by someone. He means that the church at Rome should no longer use their body parts for sinning, but instead to live in the way God wants. If your readers would not understand what it means **to present** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “do not offer … offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1041	ROM	6	13	rnho	figs-abstractnouns	τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “how you use your body parts to live unrighteously through sinning … your body parts … to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1042	ROM	6	13	r0ak	figs-synecdoche	τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul could be referring figuratively to the **members**, the body parts of the human being, to mean the whole person (See [6:12](../06/12.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Here, **your members** could mean: (1) the whole person. Alternative translation: “yourselves … yourselves” (2) the individual body parts. Alternate translation: “your body parts … your body parts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1043	ROM	6	13	qncn	figs-possession	ὅπλα ἀδικίας…ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul is using the possessive form to describe what characterizes these **tools**. Alternate translation: “as unrighteous tools … as righteous tools” or “as tools for living unrighteously … as tools for living righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1044	ROM	6	13	hlzf		ὅπλα…ὅπλα	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **tools** often means “weapons,” Paul could be stressing the spiritual warfare that is involved for the Christian to “not allow sin to rule over” them (See [6:14](../06/14.md)). If this is confusing in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “as weapons … as weapons”
1045	ROM	6	13	dz8u	figs-ellipsis	ὅπλα…ὅπλα	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **as** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as tools … as tools” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1046	ROM	6	13	zgd3	figs-parallelism	παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ Θεῷ…καὶ τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	These two phrases basically mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in similar ways, to urge the church at Rome to commit their whole lives to God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can reorder and combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “Instead, because you are free from living sinfully through being baptized, use every body part as a tool for serving God” or “Instead, because you are no longer dominated by living sinfully in baptism, present your whole body and life to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1047	ROM	6	13	oiz0	figs-rpronouns	ἑαυτοὺς	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize how the church at Rome should commit their whole lives to God. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “your whole lives” or “yourselves completely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1048	ROM	6	13	px9k	figs-simile	ὡσεὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας	1	in order that you may obey its lusts	The point of this comparison is that the church at Rome should live in such a way that demonstrates that the reality that they have been baptized, and are now **dead to sin, but alive to God** (See [6:11](../06/11.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because through being baptized you are free from living sinfully” or “because through baptism you are no longer dominated by living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1049	ROM	6	14	u36f	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἁμαρτία γὰρ ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει, οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Since you are not under law, but under grace, do not allow sin to rule over you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1050	ROM	6	14	gez3	figs-personification	ἁμαρτία…ὑμῶν οὐ κυριεύσει	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	See how you translated the similar phrase in [6:12](../06/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1051	ROM	6	14	bl09	figs-declarative	ἁμαρτία…οὐ κυριεύσει	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	Paul is using a future statement to give a command or strong appeal. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command or appeal. Alternate translation: “sin must not rule over” or “do not allow sin to rule over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
1052	ROM	6	14	caqv	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	Here, **For** indicates that what follows is the reason why Paul urges the church at Rome not to **allow sin to rule over** them. Alternate translation: “The reason for this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1053	ROM	6	14	a0dz	figs-personification	οὐ γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	Paul speaks figuratively of **law** and **grace** as if they were a kingdoms ruled by **sin** (See [5:17](../05/17.md), [21](../05/21.md) for a similar idea). He means that believing and baptized Jewish Christians are freed from the spiritual dominion of the requirements of the **law**, and now they serve the gracious God (See [6:15–23](../06/15.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **under law** and **under grace** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Indeed, the law no longer dominates you, but you are freed by how gracious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1054	ROM	6	14	ypqx	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὸ χάριν	1	Do not allow sin to rule over you	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “serve the gracious God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1055	ROM	6	15	zxb8	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν?	1	What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be	Paul is using a rhetorical questions in [6:15–16](../06/15.md) to reject certain rumors that misrepresent his teachings (See also [6:1–3](../06/01.md)). If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation or communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly are not saying that we should keep sinning since the law no longer dominates us, and because we now are freed by how gracious God is!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1056	ROM	6	15	a74y	figs-ellipsis	τί οὖν?	1	What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Are we then saying” or “What are we saying then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1057	ROM	6	15	rtts	figs-quotations	τί οὖν? ἁμαρτήσωμεν ὅτι οὐκ ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νόμον, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ χάριν?	1	What then? Shall we sin because we are not under law, but under grace? May it never be	If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation that is an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Are we then saying? ‘We should sin because we are not under law, but under grace!’” or “What are we saying then? ‘Let us sin because we are not under law, but under grace!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
1058	ROM	6	15	t4cc	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπὸ χάριν	1	May it never be	See how you translated this abstract noun phrase in [6:14](../06/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1059	ROM	6	15	c77g	figs-exclamations	μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	**May it never be** is an exclamatory phrase that communicates a strong prohibition (See how you translated this phrase in [3:31](../03/31.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1060	ROM	6	16	n5j4	figs-hypo	οὐκ οἴδατε, ὅτι ᾧ παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς δούλους εἰς ὑπακοήν, δοῦλοί ἐστε ᾧ ὑπακούετε	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	Paul is using a hypothetical situation to teach the church at Rome. Alternate translation: “Suppose you present yourselves to someone to obey as slaves. Then you would become slaves to that person you obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
1061	ROM	6	16	hn6y	writing-pronouns	ᾧ…ᾧ	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	The pronoun translated **what** can indicate a general reference to a thing or person. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Here, **what** could refer to: (1) the concepts of **sin** and **obedience**. Alternate translation: “to whatever … to whatever” (2) anyone or anything. Alternate translation: “to whomever or whatever… to whomever or whatever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1062	ROM	6	16	g6zz		παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺς	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	See how you translated this similar phrase in [6:13](../06/13.md).
1063	ROM	6	16	psrr	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς ὑπακοήν	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which these people are **presenting** themselves as **slaves**. Use a natural way in your language for indicating a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order to obey” or “for the purpose of obeying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
1064	ROM	6	16	zim4	figs-abstractnouns	ὑπακοήν…ὑπακοῆς	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **obedience**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to obey … to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1065	ROM	6	16	h0ar	figs-personification	ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	Here, **sin** and **obedience** are spoken of as if they were masters that **slaves** would obey. Paul means that depending on how a person chooses to live, they end up obeying either sin or God, like a slave would serve a master. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “whether you serve as slaves by sinning, leading you to die, or you serve as slaves by obeying God, leading you to become righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1066	ROM	6	16	f595	figs-ellipsis	ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	Paul is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “whether you present yourselves as slaves of sin leading to death, or you present yourselves as slaves of obedience leading to righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1067	ROM	6	16	gtzd	figs-possession	ἁμαρτίας…ὑπακοῆς	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **slaves** that belong to **sin** or **obedience**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use make that idea explicit. Alternate translation: “slaves that belong to sin … slaves that belong to obedience” or “sin’s slaves … obedience’s slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1068	ROM	6	16	cyct	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτίας…θάνατον…δικαιοσύνην	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	See how you translated the abstract noun **sin** in [6:15](../06/15.md), **death** in [6:9](../06/09.md), and **righteousness** in [6:13](../06/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1069	ROM	6	16	zfgc	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς θάνατον…εἰς δικαιοσύνην	1	whether you are slaves to sin … or slaves to obedience	These phrases indicate result. Use natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “leading to death … leading to righteousness” or “bringing death … bringing righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1070	ROM	6	17	xj75	figs-exclamations	χάρις…τῷ Θεῷ	1	For you were slaves of sin	What follows this exclamatory phrase indicates the reason why Paul is thankful **to God**. Use an exclamation form that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “I give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
1071	ROM	6	17	yxt7	figs-personification	δοῦλοι τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	For you were slaves of sin	See how you translated the similar phrase **of sin** in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1072	ROM	6	17	uwcy	figs-personification	ὑπηκούσατε δὲ ἐκ καρδίας, εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς	1	For you were slaves of sin	Here, **the pattern of teaching** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could be **obeyed**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “but you fully accepted the form of teaching that others passed on to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1073	ROM	6	17	g1gn	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	2	For you were slaves of sin	What follows the word **but** here is meant to strongly contrast the former sinful life of Christians at Rome. Instead, they now **have obeyed God**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “instead” or “on the contrary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1074	ROM	6	17	n3nz	writing-pronouns	ὑπηκούσατε…ἐκ καρδίας, εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς	1	For you were slaves of sin	The pronoun **which** refers to **the pattern**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you became willingly obedient to which pattern of teaching you were given” or “you are now fully obedient to that pattern of teaching that others passed down to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1075	ROM	6	17	my2z	figs-metonymy	ὑπηκούσατε…ἐκ καρδίας	1	but you have obeyed from the heart	Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being or motives. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “you became wholeheartedly obedient” or “you totally obeyed” or “you obeyed from deep within” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1076	ROM	6	17	osck	figs-explicit	εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς	1	For you were slaves of sin	The implication is that **the pattern of teaching** is the apostolic traditions (See note on “we” in [3:8](../03/08.md) and the same verb or noun forms used in [1 Corinthians 11:2](../1cor/11/02.md); [2 Thessalonians 2:15](../2th/02/15.md); [3:6](../2th/03/06.md); [2 Timothy 1:13](../2ti/01/13.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the apostles’ teaching that others orally transmitted to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1077	ROM	6	17	pz14	figs-activepassive	εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε	1	the pattern of teaching that you were given	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God gave other apostles to transmit to you” or “that others passed on to you” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1078	ROM	6	18	fcd1	figs-personification	ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1	You have been made free from sin	Here, **sin** and **righteousness** are spoken of as if they were masters that **slaves** would obey (See [6:16](../06/16.md)). Paul means that depending on how a person chooses to live, they end up serving either sin or righteousness, like a slave would serve a master. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Ever since God freed you being enslaved to living sinfully, you became enslaved to living righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1079	ROM	6	18	y2zg	figs-activepassive	ἐλευθερωθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐδουλώθητε	1	You have been made free from sin	If your language does not use passive forms in this way, you could express these ideas in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “Now that God freed you from sin, he enslaved you” or “Since God released you from serving as slaves to sin, he enslaved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1080	ROM	6	18	twpq	figs-abstractnouns	ἁμαρτίας…δικαιοσύνῃ	1	You have been made free from sin	See how you translated the abstract nouns **sin** and **righteousness** in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1081	ROM	6	19	jlmd	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνθρώπινον λέγω, διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of the weakness of your flesh, I speak as a man” or “Because you are still immature, I have to speak in simple terms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1082	ROM	6	19	puvh	figs-idiom	ἀνθρώπινον λέγω	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Here, the phrase **as a man** is an idiom meaning “the way people do” or “like a human being” (See a similar phrase in [3:5](../03/05.md)). If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I am speaking based on how human beings perceive things” or “I am talking like a mere human being” or “I am speaking the way people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1083	ROM	6	19	zi2o	writing-participants	λέγω	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Here Paul speaks in the first person again. Use the natural form in your language for referring to an previously mentioned writer. The pronoun **I** reiterates that Paul is the writer of this letter. Since he is an old participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that explicit by using his name. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1084	ROM	6	19	lhh4	figs-nominaladj	ἀνθρώπινον	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Paul is using the adjective phrase **as a man** as a noun in order to describe the way he is speaking. He means that he is speaking from a human perspective or with ideas any person could understand. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “from a human perspective” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1085	ROM	6	19	gt1n	figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν…τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “because of how immature you are … body parts … act impurely and increasingly wicked behavior … your body parts … for living rightly in order to live like God’s people should” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1086	ROM	6	19	l4ah	figs-idiom	τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Here, the term **flesh** is an idiom meaning “human.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “how immature you are” or “your human weakness” or “your natural limitations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1087	ROM	6	19	bmo7	figs-parallelism	ὥσπερ γὰρ παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν, οὕτως νῦν παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	These two clauses mean the opposite thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in opposite ways, to show the contrast between being **slaves to uncleanness** and **slaves to righteousness**. Be sure to retain the similar forms to keep the parallel ideas explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1088	ROM	6	19	jbcz	figs-personification	ὥσπερ γὰρ παρεστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν ἀνομίαν, οὕτως νῦν παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν, δοῦλα τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	because of the weakness of your flesh	Here, **uncleanness** and ** righteousness** are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters of **members**. Paul means that the church at Rome previously used their bodies to serve sinful purposes, but should now use their bodies to serve righteous purposes. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, in the same way you used to slavishly offer yourselves to live impurely, leading you to act more and more lawless, so now offer yourselves to live righteously for God, leading you to act holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1089	ROM	6	19	ran5	figs-synecdoche	τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν…τὰ μέλη ὑμῶν	1	presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil	Paul refers figuratively to **members**, parts of the human body, to mean the whole person (See also [6:13](../06/13.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “yourselves … yourselves” or “your bodies … your bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1090	ROM	6	19	ka0f	figs-imperative	νῦν παραστήσατε	1	presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil	This is an imperative, but it could communicate an appeal rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates either an urgent appeal or a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “I beg you” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “you must now use” or “I beg you now to present” or “I urge you now to offer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1091	ROM	6	19	o0ta	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	presented the parts of your body as slaves to uncleanness and to evil	This phrase indicates result. Use natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “leading you to live holy” or “causing you to become sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1092	ROM	6	20	s9pk	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	you were free from righteousness	Here, **For** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “This reason for this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1093	ROM	6	20	aavw	figs-parallelism	δοῦλοι ἦτε τῆς ἁμαρτίας, ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1	you were free from righteousness	These two phrases mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in opposite ways, to emphasize the relationship between **sin** and **righteousness**. Be sure to retain the similar phrasing to keep the parallel ideas explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1094	ROM	6	20	i1ze	figs-personification	ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1	you were free from righteousness	Here, **sin** and **righteousness** are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters. Paul means that when church at Rome previously used their bodies to serve sinful purposes, they were not **slaves** of **righteousness** by serving God’s purposes (See [6:19](../06/19.md)). If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you did not serve God” or “you were not enslaved to righteousness” or “you did not live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1095	ROM	6	20	mu0y	figs-irony	ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ	1		Paul is not making a serious suggestion here that sinful people are not required to live righteously. Paul actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of **free**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you were unrighteous” or “you were alienated from serving God’s righteous purposes” or “you were unable to live righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1096	ROM	6	21	x3bn	grammar-connect-logic-result	τίνα οὖν καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε? τὸ γὰρ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these sentences, since the second sentence gives the reason for the result that the first sentence describes. Alternate translation: “Since the outcome of those things is death, what fruit then did you have from that of which you are now ashamed?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1097	ROM	6	21	kjl5	figs-rquestion	τίνα οὖν καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, ἐφ’ οἷς νῦν ἐπαισχύνεσθε	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the futility of being “slaves to sin” in [6:20](../06/20.md). If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation in order to communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So then, it is clear that the shameful way you used to live never produced anything beneficial for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1098	ROM	6	21	vgam	figs-idiom	καρπὸν	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	Here, the term **fruit** is an idiom meaning “benefit” or “advantage.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “advantage” or “profit” or “value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1099	ROM	6	21	pnbm	figs-explicit	ἐφ’ οἷς…ἐκείνων	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	The implication is that **which things** and **those things** refer to sins. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of which sins … those sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1100	ROM	6	21	j2ie	figs-abstractnouns	τὸ γὰρ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος	1	At that time, what fruit then did you have of the things of which you are now ashamed?	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **outcome**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “This is because what finally results from those things is death” or “Certainly, those things end in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1101	ROM	6	22	x8vw	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	νυνὶ δέ	1	But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God	Here what follows **But now** strongly contrasts the way the baptized Christians at Rome used to live as “slaves to sin” (See [6:20](../06/20.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However presently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1102	ROM	6	22	fmtc	figs-personification	ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ	1	But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God	Here, **sin** and **God** are spoken of figuratively as though they were slave-masters. Paul means that when church at Rome previously used their bodies to serve sinful purposes, they were not serving **God** or “righteousness” (See [6:18](../06/18.md) for a similar phrase). If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “ever since God freed you from being enslaved to living sinfully, and you began to serve God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1103	ROM	6	22	z3ap	figs-activepassive	ἐλευθερωθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, δουλωθέντες δὲ τῷ Θεῷ	1	But now that you have been made free from sin and are enslaved to God	If your language does not use passive forms in this way, you could express these ideas in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Paul implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “Now that God freed you from sin, and he enslaved you to serve as his slaves” or “Since God released you from serving as slaves to sin, and he enslaved you to serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1104	ROM	6	22	npf3	figs-idiom	ἔχετε τὸν καρπὸν ὑμῶν	1	you have your fruit for sanctification	See how you translated this idiom in [6:21](../06/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1105	ROM	6	22	a478	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ἁγιασμόν, τὸ…τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	The result is eternal life	See how you translated the abstract nouns **sanctification** in [6:19](../06/19.md), **the outcome** in [6:21](../06/21.md), and **everlasting life** in [5:21](../05/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1106	ROM	6	22	lvhh	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ἁγιασμόν	1	you have your fruit for sanctification	This phrase indicates result. Use natural way in your language to express the result of something. Alternate translation: “that leads to sanctification” or “that causes you to become holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1107	ROM	6	23	ze3f	figs-personification	τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος	1	For the wages of sin are death	Here, **sin** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could pay **wages**. Paul means that the result of living sinfully is eternal **death**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, when a person lives sinfully it results in eternal death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1108	ROM	6	23	juc4	figs-metaphor	τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος	1	For the wages of sin are death	Paul speaks figuratively of **death** as if it were a **wages** paid to those who **sin**. He means that the result of living sinfully is eternal **death**. If your readers would not understand what **wages** or **death** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “This is because whoever lives sinfully earns eternal death as if it were wages for work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1109	ROM	6	23	ffpr	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For the wages of sin are death	Here what follows **for**summarizes chapter 6 and its theme of the results of living sinfully and living righteously. Alternate translation: “This is because” or “In summary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1110	ROM	6	23	iyv3	figs-possession	τὰ…ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	For the wages of sin are death	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the wages** that come from **sin**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “sin’s” instead of the noun “sin” or communicate that another way. Alternate translation: “sin’s wages” or “the wages that come from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1111	ROM	6	23	slyb	figs-abstractnouns	θάνατος; τὸ…χάρισμα…ζωὴ αἰώνιος	1	For the wages of sin are death	See how you translated the abstract nouns **death** in [6:21](../06/21.md), **gracious gift** in [5:15–16](../05/15.md), and **everlasting life** in [6:22](../06/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1112	ROM	6	23	cwkw	figs-possession	τὸ…χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	For the wages of sin are death	Paul is using the possessive form to describe **the gracious gift** that comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “God’s” instead of the noun “God” or communicate that another way. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious gift” or “the gracious gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1113	ROM	6	23	jn66	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	For the wages of sin are death	Paul speaks figuratively of **eternal life** as if it were occupying space inside of **Christ Jesus**. Paul means that **eternal life** comes by being united to **Christ Jesus** in baptism (See [6:3–4](../06/03.md), [11](../06/11.md)). If your readers would not understand what **in Christ Jesus** means in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “for those who are united to Christ Jesus” or “comes through being united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1114	ROM	6	23	qq9e	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν	1	For the wages of sin are death	Here, **our** refers to all baptized Christians. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1115	ROM	7	intro	fl1y			0		# Romans 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)<br> * Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)<br> * Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)<br> * Christians have been freed from the law (7:1–6)<br> * Christians still struggle with indwelling sin (7:7–25)<br><br>### “Or do you not know”<br><br>Paul uses this phrase to discuss a new topic, while connecting what follows with the previous teaching.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “We have been released from the law”<br><br>Paul explains that the law of Moses is no longer in effect. While this is true, the timeless principles behind the law reflect the character of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Marriage<br><br>Scripture commonly uses marriage as a metaphor. Here Paul uses it to describe how the church relates to the law of Moses and now to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. “Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1116	ROM	7	1	mk7w	figs-rquestion	ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί (γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ), ὅτι ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ’ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ?	1	do you not know, brothers … that the law controls a person for as long as he lives?	Paul is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that the Jew is required to obey the law his whole life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Because you are Jewish, you certainly understand that what God requires in his law obligates you to obey it for as long as you live!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1117	ROM	7	1	r9fl	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί…τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…ζῇ	1	brothers	Although the term **brothers** and **the man** and **he** are masculine, Paul is using the words here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “my fellow Jewish believers in Christ … a person … that person lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1118	ROM	7	1	s4su	figs-aside	(γινώσκουσιν γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ)	1	brothers	Paul could be saying this as an aside in order to clarify that he is specifically directing this part of the letter to the Jewish believers of the church at Rome. If this would be confusing in your language, you could add parentheses like the ULT or use a natural way in your language to indicate an aside. Alternate translation: “(this is because I am writing to Jewish believers in Christ)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]])
1119	ROM	7	1	j67x	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	brothers	Here what follows **For** indicates the reason why these **brothers** should understand what Paul is saying (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
1120	ROM	7	1	ajk4	writing-pronouns	λαλῶ	1	brothers	The pronoun **I** refers to Paul (See [6:19](../06/19.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, am speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1121	ROM	7	1	k3h5	figs-personification	γινώσκουσιν…νόμον	1	brothers	Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who someone else could know. Paul means that these Jewish believers in Christ understand what God’s **law** teaches. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to people who know what the law teaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1122	ROM	7	1	okz5	figs-personification	ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου	1	brothers	Here, **the law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were king. Paul means that, like a king, **the law** requires obedience for those who are obligated to obey it. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like a king, God’s law must be obeyed by every Jewish person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1123	ROM	7	2	hpn4	figs-activepassive	ἡ γὰρ ὕπανδρος γυνὴ…δέδεται νόμῳ…κατήργηται	1	Connecting Statement:	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to what his law teaches, God binds the married woman … God releases her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1124	ROM	7	2	l6d9	figs-personification	ἡ γὰρ ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ ζῶντι ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ	1	the married woman is bound by law to the husband	Here, **law** is spoken of figuratively as though it were a person who could tie someone up. Paul means that the law teaches that a **married woman** is required to stay married to her **husband** for as long he is alive. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, according to what his law teaches, God requires a married woman to remain married to her husband as long as he lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1125	ROM	7	2	as1h	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **For** indicates that what follows in [7:2–3](../07/02.md) is an example from God’s law (See that illustrates Paul’s assertion in [7:1](../07/01.md) about how “the law rules over the man for as long as he lives”). Alternate translation: “For example,” or “As an illustration,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1126	ROM	7	3	w3yw			0	Connecting Statement:	This verse ends a description of what Paul means by “the law controls a person for as long as he lives” ([Romans 7:1](../07/01.md)).
1127	ROM	7	3	r2m4	figs-activepassive	μοιχαλὶς χρηματίσει	1	she will be called an adulteress	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will consider her an adulteress” or “people will call her an adulteress” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1128	ROM	7	3	wg4k		ἐλευθέρα ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου	1	she is free from the law	Here being **free from the law** means not having to obey the law. In this case, the woman does not have to obey the law that says that a married woman cannot marry another man. Alternate translation: “she does not have to obey that law”
1129	ROM	7	4	ne64		ὥστε, ἀδελφοί μου	1	Therefore, my brothers	This relates back to [Romans 7:1](../07/01.md).
1130	ROM	7	4	u5nu		ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Here, **brothers** refers to fellow Christians, including both men and women.
1131	ROM	7	4	z8zj	figs-activepassive	καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐθανατώθητε τῷ νόμῳ διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	you were also made dead to the law through the body of Christ	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “you also died to the law when through Christ you died on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1132	ROM	7	4	t9nt	figs-idiom	τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι	1	to him who was raised from the dead	Here, **raised from the dead** is an idiom for “caused to live again.” Alternate translation: “to him who was caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1133	ROM	7	4	rj6u	figs-activepassive	τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγερθέντι	1		You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “to him whom God raised from the dead” or “to him whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1134	ROM	7	4	c4rl	figs-metaphor	καρποφορήσωμεν τῷ Θεῷ	1	we might produce fruit for God	Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for actions that please God. Alternate translation: “we might be able to do things pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1135	ROM	7	5	xed9	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ καρποφορῆσαι τῷ θανάτῳ	1	to bear fruit for death	Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for a “result of one’s actions” or “outcome of one’s actions.” Alternate translation: “which resulted in spiritual-death” or “the outcome of which was our own spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1136	ROM	7	6	mze7			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul reminds us that God does not make us holy by the law.
1137	ROM	7	6	l8w4	figs-activepassive	κατηργήθημεν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου	1	we have been released from the law	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has released us from the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1138	ROM	7	6	j6i3	figs-exclusive	κατηργήθημεν	1	we have been released	The pronoun **we** refers to Paul and the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
1139	ROM	7	6	l2l3	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ κατειχόμεθα	1	to that by which we were held	This refers to the law. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to the law which held us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1140	ROM	7	6	rm8r	figs-explicit	γράμματος	1	the letter	Here, **the letter** refers to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: “of the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1141	ROM	7	7	k1jj	figs-rquestion	τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν?	1	What will we say then?	Paul uses this phrase to introduce a new topic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1142	ROM	7	7	erx6		μὴ γένοιτο	1	May it never be	“Of course that is not true!” This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. See how you translated this in [Romans 9:14](../09/14.md).
1143	ROM	7	7	zl8m	figs-personification	τὴν ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔγνων, εἰ μὴ διὰ νόμου	1	I would never have known sin, if it were not through the law	Paul is speaking of **sin** as if it were a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1144	ROM	7	8	mz77	figs-personification	ἀφορμὴν δὲ λαβοῦσα ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, κατειργάσατο ἐν ἐμοὶ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν;	1	But sin took the opportunity … brought about every lust	Paul continues comparing sin to a person who can act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1145	ROM	7	8	r5i2		χωρὶς…νόμου, ἁμαρτία νεκρά	1	without the law, sin is dead	Alternate translation: “if there were no law, there would be no breaking of the law, so there would be no sin”
1146	ROM	7	9	q9le	figs-personification	ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησεν	1	sin regained life	This could mean: (1) Paul realized that he was sinning. (2) Paul strongly desired to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1147	ROM	7	10	yu1u	figs-metaphor	εὑρέθη μοι ἡ ἐντολὴ, ἡ εἰς ζωὴν, αὕτη εἰς θάνατον.	1	The commandment that was to bring life turned out to be death for me	Paul speaks of God’s **commandment** as if it resulted primarily in physical death. Alternate translation: “God gave me the commandment so I would live, but it killed me instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1148	ROM	7	11	r582	figs-personification	ἡ γὰρ ἁμαρτία ἀφορμὴν λαβοῦσα διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς, ἐξηπάτησέν με καὶ δι’ αὐτῆς ἀπέκτεινεν	1	For sin took the opportunity through the commandment and deceived me. Through the commandment it killed me	As in [Romans 7:7-8](./07.md), Paul is describing **sin** as a person who can do three things: take the opportunity, deceive, and kill. Alternate translation: “Because I wanted to sin, I deceived myself into thinking that I could sin and obey the commandment at the same time, but God punished me for disobeying the commandment by separating me from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1149	ROM	7	11	qi99		ἡ…ἁμαρτία	1	sin	Alternate translation: “my desire to sin”
1150	ROM	7	11	f6sx	figs-metaphor	ἀπέκτεινεν	1	it killed me	Paul speaks of sin as if it resulted primarily in physical death. Alternate translation: “it separated me from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1151	ROM	7	13	cz5k			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul talks about the struggle inside his inner man between sin in his inner man and his mind with the law of God—between sin and good.
1152	ROM	7	13	us69		οὖν	1	So	Paul is introducing a new topic.
1153	ROM	7	13	e1bx	figs-rquestion	τὸ…ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος?	1	did what is good become death to me?	Paul uses this question to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1154	ROM	7	13	g451		τὸ…ἀγαθὸν	1	what is good	This refers to God’s law.
1155	ROM	7	13	qwe9		ἐμοὶ ἐγένετο θάνατος	1	become death to me	Alternate translation: “did … cause me to die”
1156	ROM	7	13	hgm6	figs-rquestion	μὴ γένοιτο!	1	May it never be	This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question. You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. Alternate translation: “Of course that is not true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1157	ROM	7	13	m4l5	figs-personification	ἡ ἁμαρτία…μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον;	1	sin … brought about death in me	Paul is viewing **sin** as though it were a person who could act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1158	ROM	7	13	pnq6		μοι κατεργαζομένη θάνατον	1	brought about death in me	Alternate translation: “separated me from God”
1159	ROM	7	13	a6zb		διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς	1	through the commandment	Alternate translation: “because I disobeyed the commandment”
1160	ROM	7	15	udc8			0	Connecting Statement:	Paul talks about the struggle inside his inner man between his flesh and the law of God—between sin and good.
1161	ROM	7	15	u3av		ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι, οὐ γινώσκω	1	For what I do, I do not really understand	Alternate translation: “I am not sure why I do some of the things that I do”
1162	ROM	7	15	hv9g		ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζομαι	1	For what I do	Alternate translation: “Because what I do”
1163	ROM	7	15	az2z	figs-hyperbole	οὐ…ὃ θέλω, τοῦτο πράσσω	2	what I want to do, this I do not do	The words **I do not do** are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does not do what he wants to do as often as he would like or that he does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: “I do not always do what I want to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1164	ROM	7	15	zv5l	figs-hyperbole	ὃ μισῶ, τοῦτο ποιῶ.	1	what I hate, this I do	The words **I do**, which implies that he always does what he hates to do, are an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul does what he does not want to do too often. Alternate translation: “the things that I know are not good are the things that I sometimes do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1165	ROM	7	16	y26s		εἰ δὲ ὃ οὐ θέλω, τοῦτο ποιῶ	1	But if I do	Alternate translation: “However, if I do what I do not want to do”
1166	ROM	7	16	q3b5		σύνφημι τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι καλός	1	I agree with the law	Alternate translation: “I know God’s law is good”
1167	ROM	7	17	f6n8	figs-personification	ἡ ἐνοικοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία	1	the sin that lives in me	Paul describes **sin** as a living being that has the power to influence him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1168	ROM	7	18	p1c1	figs-metonymy	τῇ σαρκί μου	1	my flesh	Here, **flesh** is a metonym for the sinful nature. Alternate translation: “my sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1169	ROM	7	19	ri3b		ἀγαθόν	1	the good	Alternate translation: “the good deeds” or “the good actions”
1170	ROM	7	19	j69g		κακὸν	1	the evil	Alternate translation: “the evil deeds” or “the evil actions”
1171	ROM	7	20	afw6	figs-personification	ἀλλὰ ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία	1	rather sin that lives in me	Paul speaks of **sin** as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1172	ROM	7	21	fbr9	figs-personification	ὅτι ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται	1	that evil is actually present in me	Paul speaks of **evil** here as if it were alive and living inside him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1173	ROM	7	22	m13q	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον	1	the inner man	This refers to the newly-revived spirit of a person who trusts in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1174	ROM	7	23	clu4		βλέπω δὲ ἕτερον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου, ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου, καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζοντά με	1	But I see a different principle in my body parts. It fights against that new principle in my mind. It takes me captive	Alternate translation: “But I am able only to do what my old nature tells me to do, not to live the new way the Spirit shows me”
1175	ROM	7	23	t7yh		τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ νοός μου	1	new principle	This refers to the new spiritually-alive nature.
1176	ROM	7	23	fct8		ἕτερον νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου	1	a different principle in my body parts	This refers to the old nature, the way people are when they are born.
1177	ROM	7	23	u4ny		τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν μου	1	the principle of sin that is in my body parts	Alternate translation: “my sinful nature”
1178	ROM	7	24	h8l8	figs-rquestion	τίς με ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου?	1	Who will deliver me from this body of death?	Paul uses this question to express great emotion. If your language has a way of showing great emotion through an exclamation or a question, use it here. Alternate translation: “I want someone to set me free from the control of what my body desires!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1179	ROM	7	24	nu6u		με ῥύσεται	1	deliver me	Alternate translation: “will rescue me”
1180	ROM	7	24	md8e	figs-metaphor	τοῦ σώματος τοῦ θανάτου τούτου	1	this body of death	This is a metaphor that means a **body** that will experience physical **death**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1181	ROM	7	25	w9ui		χάρις τῷ Θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν	1	But thanks be to God through Jesus Christ our Lord	This is the answer to the question in 7:24.
1182	ROM	7	25	adx1	figs-metaphor	ἄρα οὖν αὐτὸς ἐγὼ, τῷ μὲν νοῒ δουλεύω νόμῳ Θεοῦ; τῇ δὲ σαρκὶ, νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας	1	So then, I myself serve the law of God with my mind. However, with the flesh I serve the principle of sin	The mind and flesh are used here to show how they compare to serve either the **law of God** or the principle of **sin**. With the mind or intellect one can choose to please and obey God and with the flesh or physical nature to serve sin. Alternate translation: “My mind chooses to please God, but my flesh chooses to obey sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1183	ROM	8	intro	ev4r			0		# Romans 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>5. Becoming like Christ in this life (6:1–8:39)<br> * Baptism represents union with Christ’s death (6:1–14)<br> * Christians are now slaves of righteousness (6:15–23)<br> * Christians have been freed from the law (7:1–6)<br> * Christians still struggle with indwelling sin (7:7–25)<br> * The Holy Spirit dwells in Christians (8:1–27)<br> * Christians have confidence in God’s love (8:28–8:39)<br><br>The first verse of this chapter is a transitional sentence. Paul concludes his teaching of Chapter 7 and leads into the words of Chapter 8.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 36. Paul quotes these words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Indwelling of the Spirit<br><br>The Holy Spirit is said to live inside a person or inside their heart. If the Spirit is present, this signifies that a person is saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>### “These are sons of God”<br><br>Jesus is the Son of God in a unique way. God also adopts Christians to be his children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]])<br><br>### Predestination<br><br>Many scholars believe Paul in this chapter teaches on a subject known as “predestination.” This is related to the biblical concept of “predestine.” Some take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some to be eternally saved. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter, especially with regards to elements of causation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this

The file is too large to be shown. View Raw